28.01.2013 Views

Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College

Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College

Complete Visual Arts Program Application - Aquinas College

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>Application</strong> for State Approval of Teacher Preparation<br />

Specialty <strong>Program</strong>s<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services<br />

P.O. Box 30008, Lansing, Michigan 48909<br />

Phone: (517) 335-4610 *** Fax: (517) 373-0542<br />

Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Name, title, address, and contact information for the head of the professional education unit:<br />

Michael Williams, PhD. Dean, School of Education<br />

(Name) (Title)<br />

School of Education, Brown Center, 1607 Robinson Rd. SE Grand Rapids, MI 49506<br />

(<strong>Complete</strong> Mailing address)<br />

(616) 632-2437<br />

(Phone)<br />

I certify that all the information contained in this application is correct:<br />

(Unit Head Signature) (Date)<br />

Contact person for questions regarding this application:<br />

Ron Pederson Chair, Art Department<br />

(Name) (Title)<br />

(616) 632-2406<br />

(Phone)<br />

Institution’s name for this program: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MDE Endorsement Area and Code (from Attachment 1): LQ<br />

Directions:<br />

• For each new, amended, or experimental program, a separate application is required.<br />

• <strong>Application</strong> and all documentation are to be submitted electronically.<br />

• Fax or mail only the cover page that is signed by the unit head.<br />

• All correspondence regarding this application should be addressed to the consultant/coordinator<br />

identified on Attachment 1.<br />

Institution<br />

MDE Endorsement Area and Code<br />

(from Attachment 2)<br />

Date of this <strong>Application</strong><br />

Name and Title of Unit Head<br />

Signature of Unit Head<br />

I. <strong>Application</strong> Information<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

LQ<br />

7/30/04<br />

Ron Pederson, Chair, Art Department<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

2


II. Contact information for Questions Related to This <strong>Application</strong><br />

Contact Person’s Name and Title Ron Pederson, Professor of Art, Art Department Chair<br />

Contact Person’s Phone Number (616) 632-2406<br />

Contact Person’s Fax Number<br />

732-4487<br />

Contact Person’s E-Mail Address pederron@aquinas.edu<br />

III. Type of Request for Approval (Indicate One)<br />

New program for institution<br />

USOE Code, if vocational occupational area<br />

Compliance with State Board of Education new or modified program<br />

criteria<br />

Experimental program<br />

<strong>Program</strong> amendment (See Section VI for guidelines.)<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

X<br />

3<br />

3


IV. Institutional Representatives<br />

Please list individuals available to Serve on Michigan Department of Education Ad-Hoc Committees<br />

Related to this Specialty <strong>Program</strong> (e.g. program review, standards development, test development, forum<br />

planning). Include both higher education faculty and K-12 representatives.<br />

Name/Title Specialty Mailing<br />

Address<br />

<strong>Program</strong><br />

Summary<br />

E-Mail<br />

Address<br />

V. <strong>Program</strong> Information<br />

Phone Fax<br />

The Art Education program at <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> is consistent with the philosophy and<br />

integrated into the curriculum of the Art Department. The mission of the Art Department is to<br />

function as both a service department for non-majors and as a training ground for future artists, art<br />

teachers, and art historians.<br />

For the non-art majors we serve, we seek to increase the visual literacy of the general<br />

student population. We provide exposure to the history of art, exposure to creative problem solving<br />

that blends and balances right and left brain thinking, and opportunities to make and evaluate art.<br />

Some of those non-majors include candidates for elementary certification. We are confident that<br />

our courses help them in both their own intellectual and personal development, and in their<br />

preparation to be elementary teachers.<br />

Our departmental pedagogical goals are perfectly appropriate for art majors who seek K-<br />

12 certification. We seek to produce graduates who possess the skills and knowledge to make<br />

excellent visual decisions (including in their own art), to visually evaluate cultural products and<br />

environments, and to understand their art historical heritage. Those goals are in sync with the goal<br />

for art education students to be able to model and teach their future students the same set of skills,<br />

knowledge, and sensibilities they learn while studying at <strong>Aquinas</strong>.<br />

Our art major requires thirty semester hours in studio art, and fifteen hours in art history.<br />

The foundation of our program consists of two design courses that focus on the elements and<br />

principals of formal composition, two drawing courses that continue to build compositional skills<br />

while adding the technical and observational abilities typical of traditional drawing curricula, and a<br />

video-based course that emphasizes concept-driven art-making methods. Together this foundation<br />

provides a common vocabulary, a set of skills that enables the student to create works of art and<br />

approach other media and experience expressing their thoughts in group critiques.<br />

In the second, third and fourth year the student takes fifteen hours of upper level media<br />

based courses that include painting, figure drawing, printmaking, photography, ceramics and<br />

sculpture. These courses allow art certification candidates to explore the aesthetics of particular<br />

materials and processes, thus preparing themselves to teach a variety of approaches to creating art.<br />

Teacher candidates must take three courses (9 credit hours) in one area. The most important<br />

component of the media-based courses is the critique. In small groups and individually, students<br />

participate in critiques led by their instructor. In so doing, they employ vocabulary and concepts<br />

learned in the above-mentioned foundation courses, and hone their abilities to evaluate their own<br />

art work and that of their colleagues. The students’ direct experience in critiques results in their<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

4<br />

4


eing prepared to give instruction in critical thinking to their own future students.<br />

The art history component of our art major (15 credit hours) is critically important in<br />

providing a breadth and depth of understanding and appreciation for the context within which we<br />

work as artists. It is the historical heritage that underpins all we do as artists and teachers, and is<br />

invaluable to our candidates as they begin their own careers.<br />

The required art history sequence provides an ancient to modern survey (two courses), a<br />

more condensed survey of developments that led to modern and contemporary art (two courses),<br />

and a course chosen from among electives, which allows the student to explore more carefully a<br />

period of art history he or she may have been briefly exposed to in one of the survey courses.<br />

The K-12 candidate in art graduates with a solid foundation in visual art and art history.<br />

Group and individual critiques and written responses to aesthetic issues are required in every class.<br />

Our graduates are trained to consider many aspects of the creative process and to share their<br />

thoughts on art and art making.<br />

The Art Education program requires an additional 12 credit hours (4 courses) in Art<br />

Education:<br />

AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />

AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />

AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />

AT 376 Studio Practices in Art Education<br />

These courses, which are taken during the sophomore, junior and senior years,<br />

complement coursework taken in the Education Department and explore philosophical and<br />

theoretical ideas unique to art education, including stages of child development and age-appropriate<br />

instruction, as well as practical aspects of teaching art in a K-12 classroom. Together, the<br />

objectives of our program are to prepare teacher candidates who:<br />

-can articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />

-have knowledge of how art education fits into the contemporary curriculum.<br />

-understand the stages of child development and have experience developing appropriate<br />

instructional tools.<br />

-have an excellent knowledge of art history and broad experience in a variety of studio<br />

media.<br />

-have become particularly competent in one medium through having<br />

completed at least 9 credit hours in it.<br />

-can create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment.<br />

-have expertise in enabling students to discuss and critique visual ideas and works of art.<br />

-have experience creating curricula that meets National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Standards and is appropriate for special needs populations as well as the general<br />

population.<br />

-have an understanding of the developmental and socio-cultural factors that influence<br />

student learning and the art classroom environment.<br />

-can employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are unique to the<br />

discipline.<br />

-can assess k-12 student learning.<br />

Beyond the studio art, art history and art education courses described above, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong> requires that candidates for teacher endorsement complete a 39 hour professional<br />

preparation program in taught and administered in the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> School of Education.<br />

While many of these courses are general in nature, some of them are discipline specific and focus<br />

on art education. Introduction to Education, taken in the sophomore year, involves a placement of<br />

forty hours in an art classroom, and a weekly seminar session. The Directed Student Teaching<br />

courses also include a weekly discipline-focused seminar that complements, clarifies and enriches<br />

the fourteen week placement in an art classroom.<br />

The combination of art education courses taught by the Art Department, discipline<br />

specific education courses, taught in the School of Education, and exposure to K-12 art teachers<br />

and classrooms through placements and visits, provides our students with an exceptional<br />

conceptual and practical preparation for success in teaching. In the history of the <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

Department of Art, no Art Education candidate has ever failed the state certification test.<br />

The systematic education of <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Education students regarding appropriate<br />

instruction for various leaning styles occurs within the context of required School of Education<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

5<br />

5


<strong>Program</strong><br />

Coursework<br />

courses. That knowledge is built upon in Art Education courses, and practiced in the field<br />

placements noted above, in both the sophomore and senior years. Our students are given a variety<br />

of field placements in urban, inner city, and suburban schools. They are thus exposed to a number<br />

of different learning environments in which they can observe varied instructional approaches, and<br />

under supervision, test the effectiveness of their own methods.<br />

Within the Art Department, K-12 candidates are exposed to experiences and instructional<br />

approaches that vary according to the medium, the instructor, and the studio facilities. Since there<br />

are nine studio art and art history faculty on our staff, our students are guaranteed exposure to<br />

numerous instructional approaches.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong>’ K-12 candidates are fortunate in that broad cultural, global, and gender-equity<br />

perspectives are built into both the art curriculum and the general education requirements of the<br />

<strong>College</strong>. Among the general education courses, Inquiry and Expression, Humanities, and foreign<br />

language study are mandated to expose students to the cultural expressions, including art, of a great<br />

variety of non-western cultures and ethnic groups. Gender issues are part of both Inquiry and<br />

Expression and Humanities.<br />

The Art curriculum builds on that. Art History courses make a point of integrating<br />

consideration of non-western art into the course of study of every historical period. In courses that<br />

cover movements in the 19 th and 20 th centuries, the historical record makes it increasingly feasible<br />

to particularly examine the contributions of women artists.<br />

Since the women’s movement of the 1960’s and 70’s was closely linked with the<br />

development of Postmodernism, gender issues are a dominant part of two of our courses which<br />

provide a historical and an experiential perspective on Postmodernism. The courses are<br />

Contemporary Art, an elective art history course, and New Forms, a studio course that takes a<br />

postmodern tack in emphasizing a concept-driven approach to making art. Many of the historical<br />

artists to whom students are exposed in those courses use women’s issues as a conceptual basis for<br />

their art.<br />

Additionally, in the make-up of the art faculty, the Art Department models gender equity.<br />

Of the five full-time faculty members, two are women. Of the four part-time faculty members, two<br />

are women.<br />

That variety of faculty, as noted earlier, exposes the K-12 candidate to a variety of<br />

evaluation methods concerning works of art, ranging from formal to technical to conceptual<br />

concerns. Every studio course involves individual and group critiques that enable the K-12<br />

candidates to build their ability to evaluate their own art and that of their colleagues, and to<br />

articulate their evaluation using the particular vocabulary of the discipline that is introduced in the<br />

2d and 3d design courses. Doing visual analysis of historical art works is a regular component of<br />

art history courses also, so by the time of graduation, K-12 candidates are well versed in assessing<br />

and articulating the quality of individual works of art.<br />

That ties into students’ ability to assess the value and success of a course or a set of<br />

assignments within a course. Beginning with evaluating a single artwork or a group of related<br />

artworks, students are taught to work backward to the assessment of the assignment that resulted in<br />

that artwork. That progression continues logically to the assessment of sets of assignments, to the<br />

assessment of a course, eventually to the assessment of the course groupings of a curriculum.<br />

Assessing skills are addressed in both art education methods courses and in Education<br />

Department courses, and practiced during the fourteen to sixteen week student teaching placement.<br />

The foregoing adds up to an exceptionally strong, systematic preparation for K-12<br />

candidates. They are provided with a conceptual vocabulary that enables clear communication in<br />

discussing and evaluating art. They are given compositional and technical instruction, and are<br />

exposed to an extensive, substantial, and balanced art history regimen that includes global,<br />

multicultural, and gender-equity perspectives. They are pushed to become the best artists they can<br />

be. They are trained in teaching methods and given opportunities to put them into practice. They<br />

leave with the ability to articulate the great need for art as an integral part of any school curriculum.<br />

See attachment 3<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

6<br />

6


VI. Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />

See Attachment 4, Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />

Field<br />

Experiences<br />

Instructional<br />

Methods<br />

Course<br />

Descriptions<br />

VII. Supporting Documentation<br />

Student Teaching by Art Education Teacher Candidates<br />

at <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Field experience for teacher candidates is covered in seven courses: EN 201 Introduction to<br />

Education, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education,<br />

AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education,<br />

EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School. (EN495 and EN498).<br />

EN201 Introduction to includes forty hours of placement by teacher candidates in selected<br />

elementary and secondary classrooms and weekly seminars. EN201 field assignments are made<br />

according to major, meaning K-12 Art candidates are placed in K-12 art classrooms.<br />

Art Education courses include visits to art classrooms, some of which include presentations of<br />

lessons to children, but they do not include extended field placements.<br />

EN 495 and EN 498 involve supervised practice teaching in elementary and secondary schools<br />

respectively. The attached syllabi provide details regarding these courses. For the sake of<br />

ensuring some variety of practice teaching experiences, effort is made to place each candidate in<br />

schools that contrast with those to which they have been exposed during their EN 201, e.g. inner<br />

city vs. suburban, public vs. private, etc.<br />

Coursework, field experience, studio work, critiques, exams-oral and written, classroom<br />

observation, field trips, papers, lectures and related experiences.<br />

AT 130 Basic Drawing I (3). This is a studio art course that focuses on drawing from<br />

observed life and on the development of traditional drawing skills and design. The<br />

student is directed toward developing a sensitivity to form, materials and design that is<br />

responsive to the unique visual properties of the subject. Exploration of materials also<br />

constitutes an important part if this course. Art work completed in the course will reflect<br />

a search for the creative potential inherent in each material studied.<br />

AT 131 Basic Drawing II (3). This is a continuation of AT 130 with emphasis on visual<br />

problem solving and the integration of design into the student’s drawing method. The<br />

course will concentrate on the student’s creating a limited number of finished drawings,<br />

on exploring a variety of drawing materials and on critiquing and reworking the drawings<br />

as they progress. Eight units of two weeks each will center on a particular subject matter.<br />

The subject will be explored with a variety of materials and approaches. Each unit will<br />

culminate in one to three finished drawings that represent two weeks of work. Working<br />

critiques will be held at least once per unit. The evolution of the drawing and the final<br />

image(s) should reflect consideration of issues raised in these discussions. Prerequisite:<br />

AT 130<br />

AT 140, Two Dimensional Design (3). This is a studio art course that examines the<br />

formal qualities of two-dimensional art. Students will study the elements and principles<br />

of two-dimensional design as a foundation for understanding art works. Individual<br />

design elements will be introduced and examined in a series of abstract exercises.<br />

Orchestration of design issues will develop as the semester progresses.<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

7<br />

7


AT 141, 3-D Design (3). Structural spatial and organizational problems centered<br />

around basic 3-dimensional materials. This course is intended to introduce students to<br />

factors unique to three-dimensional design: vocabulary, composition of form and space,<br />

critical evaluation, and 3-d materials and techniques.<br />

AT 150 Art Survey I (3). Selected major monuments of painting, sculpture, architecture<br />

from cave to early Renaissance, arts of China and Japan.<br />

AT 151 Art Survey II (3). Major monuments of painting, sculpture and architecture of<br />

the western world from early Renaissance to 19 th century.<br />

AT 201, Life Drawing (3) This is a studio art course focuses on drawing from the<br />

observed figure, developing traditional drawing skills, experimenting with materials, and<br />

nurturing an awareness of an emerging individual style. Everyone will work from the<br />

figure during class sessions. Everyone will follow the same critique schedule.<br />

Homework assignments, however, will vary depending on course level. Individual<br />

homework calendars are outlined below. A critique of homework and in-class drawings<br />

will be held once every two weeks. Remaining classes will be devoted to drawing from<br />

the nude. In addition to academic correctness, we will focus on developing a sensitivity<br />

to form, materials and design which is responsive to the unique visual qualities of the<br />

subject. Exploration of materials will also constitute an important part of the course.<br />

Work completed in the semester will reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in<br />

each material used. By the end of the semester, the student will create a group of mature,<br />

finished drawings. Prerequisite: AT 131<br />

AT 202 Advanced Drawing (3). Continuation of AT 201; Broadened technical and<br />

conceptual approaches introduced. Strong emphasis on recognizing and developing<br />

individual direction. Prerequisite: AT 202<br />

AT 212, Photography I (3). Exploration of Photography as a Fine Art. Includes: basic<br />

camera handling, black and white film development and printing, aesthetic discussion<br />

and critiques. Equipment required: 35mm camera.<br />

AT 213 Photography II (3). Continuation of Photo I. Includes further development of<br />

camera techniques, darkroom skills, and manipulation of print. Postmodern issues in<br />

photography are covered. Individual directions are encouraged. Written and verbal<br />

critiques are included. Prerequisite: AT 212<br />

AT 214-219 Photography III-VII (3). Advanced photography course emphasizing<br />

personal artistic growth. Frequent critiques. Exploration of advanced techniques.<br />

AT 230 New Forms (3). Based in a post modern aesthetic, this course will allow<br />

students to make art using a concept driven approach. Ideas will be developed via<br />

reading, journaling, writing, sketching video, and photography. Final artworks will use<br />

media appropriate to the idea.<br />

At 275 Renaissance Art And Society (3). An investigation of the masters and<br />

monuments from 1250 – 1550. Emphasis is placed on Italy culminating in a study of<br />

Leonardo, and Raphael and their legacy; however, Northern masters and styles will be<br />

introduced.<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

8<br />

8


AT 302-307 Advanced Drawing II-VIII (3). Advanced drawing course emphasizing<br />

personal artistic growth. Frequent critiques. Exploration of advanced techniques.<br />

Individual problems defined by student and instructor. Scheduled in the same time slot as<br />

AT 201, this course will also make use of the figure. Prerequisite: AT 202<br />

AT 311 Painting 1 (3). Beginning course in oil and alkyd painting. Introduction to basic<br />

tools and techniques including direct and indirect painting. Integration of design<br />

principles into the image making process. Safety issues related to oil paints and<br />

mediums, powdered pigments and fumes will be covered. Prerequisite: AT 130<br />

AT 312 Painting II (3). Advanced oil painting course emphasizing personal artistic<br />

growth. Frequent critique, exploration of advanced techniques and the creation of a<br />

cohesive body of work. Prerequisite: AT 301<br />

AT 321 Sculpture I (3) Traditional life-sized figurehead project modeled in clay and<br />

either kiln-fired or cast in plaster. Additional figurative sculptural problems.<br />

AT 322 Sculpture II (3) On a rotating basis, opportunities to work in steel, clay, plaster,<br />

stone, bronze, and assemblage. The conceptual emphasis will be on 20 th century<br />

approaches to sculpture. Individual sculptural directions will be encouraged.<br />

AT 331 Ceramics I (3). Introduction to Ceramics as a fine art form. Handbuilding, wheel<br />

thrown, and glazing techniques Safety issues related to clay dust, glaze, use of wheels<br />

and use of kilns. Frequent critiques will build skills in evaluating art objects. No prior<br />

experience in art is assumed.<br />

AT 332 Ceramics II (3). Continuation of AT 331. Greater involvement with wheelthrowing,<br />

glazing and firing techniques. Frequent critiques will push students to find<br />

consistencies in their work.<br />

AT 341 Printmaking I (3). Beginning course in lithography, intaglio and relief<br />

printmaking. Equipment, tools, materials and techniques used in each medium<br />

will be covered. Safe and efficient use of materials, tools and equipment will be<br />

an important part of this course.<br />

AT 342 Printmaking II (3). Advanced printmaking course emphasizing personal<br />

artistic growth. Individual problems assigned in a variety of media. Frequent critique,<br />

exploration of advanced techniques and the creation of a cohesive body of work.<br />

Prerequisite: AT 301<br />

AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso (3). Survey of painting, sculpture and Architecture of the<br />

western world c. 1880-1925, including post-Impressionism and cubism.<br />

AT 351 Dali to Abstraction (3). Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture of the<br />

western world c. 1925-1960<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

9<br />

9


AT 370 Foundations in Art Education (3) This course focuses on theoretical,<br />

philosophical, and technological issues in art education. One of its goals will be to help<br />

the student prepare for the State of Michigan certification test. The course will feature<br />

reading in and responses to art education philosophy, and criticism/evaluation of child<br />

art. Students will write a major paper articulating their philosophy of art education<br />

through the K-12 curriculum, taking into account normal, gifted, and special needs<br />

populations. Students will think and write about the role of art in the school curriculum,<br />

and will learn how to become effective advocates for art. The course will examine the<br />

use of technology for the purposes of research, curriculum planning, and classroom art<br />

activities. Students will consider and write about the impact of technology on art content<br />

and the world of art.<br />

AT 372 Elementary Methods In Art Education (3). An introduction to teaching art<br />

in the elementary classroom. Theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in<br />

the elementary school will be examined. Off campus classroom observations,<br />

demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art education situations<br />

will be required<br />

AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education (3). Theoretical and practical concepts<br />

of teaching art in the junior and senior high school will be examined. Off campus<br />

classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art<br />

education situations will be required. Professional standards in art education will be<br />

introduced and a personal pedagogical approach will be encouraged. A firm<br />

understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of art history are<br />

required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />

AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education (3). This course focuses on practical<br />

aspects of teaching art in elementary and secondary classrooms. Among topics covered<br />

will be budgeting, procuring art materials, legal issues in Art Education, safety issues<br />

(OSHA standards) for most art materials, proper operation of necessary equipment such<br />

as kilns, setting up and managing a well-designed dedicated art classroom, organizing<br />

and managing a traveling art curriculum, and mounting school exhibitions of student<br />

artworks.<br />

AT 391 Contemporary Art (3) An exploration of the primary currents in the visual arts<br />

from 1945 through the present. Leading figures and artistic currents will be discussed as<br />

will the expanding role of art theory and criticism.<br />

AT 412-417 Painting III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in painting. Individual problems<br />

and directions designed to build strengths in color, composition and individual artistic<br />

direction.<br />

AT 422-427 Sculpture III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in sculpture. Individual<br />

problems and directions designed broaden technical knowledge and foster an individual<br />

artistic direction.<br />

AT 432-437 Ceramics III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in ceramics. Emphasis on<br />

individual solutions to problems in design, clay, glaze composition, forming and firing.<br />

AT 442-447 Printmaking III-VIII (3). Advanced courses in printmaking. Individual<br />

problems and directions will be designed to broaden technical knowledge and foster<br />

artistic growth in an individual direction.<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

10<br />

10


Syllabi See attached syllabi<br />

Faculty<br />

See attached resumes<br />

Technology The Woodhouse Library<br />

The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> library is organized into the following areas: Administration, Public Services<br />

(Electronic Services, Reference Services, Circulation, Media and Interlibrary Loan), Technical<br />

Services, and Serials [& … Information Literacy]. There are 9.75 staff positions: six librarians,<br />

three support staff and twenty-one student assistants.<br />

One of the most significant recent accomplishments of our library is the installation of Innovative<br />

Interfaces Inc. The automated system is fully integrated and allows for downloading the Online<br />

Computerized Library Center's MARC records into the local database. The system also handles<br />

electronic orders based on records found in the OCLC database. Consequently the Online Public<br />

Access Catalog (OPAC), the electronic card catalog, provides a complete listing of the library's<br />

holdings and their availability.<br />

The Media Department assists faculty in the production of materials for classroom use and<br />

supports student production of materials for classroom presentations. … In 1991 the Media<br />

Department assumed responsibility for the development of a K-12 curriculum materials collection.<br />

Currently the collection has over 386 bibliographic records and 1,707 items. The primary purpose<br />

of the Curriculum materials is to support students in the teacher certification program.<br />

Fall 2002:<br />

Currently, the six librarians each teach three, one credit courses, of Information Literacy to the 340<br />

freshmen. And information Literacy continues to play a significant role in upper level classes.<br />

The Woodhouse Library participates in the OCLC network, Michigan Innovative Users Group,<br />

Interlibrary Loan, and Grand Rapids Area Union List of Serials (GRAULS).<br />

Art areas of the Woodhouse Library contain the following:<br />

Reference Books: 140 Titles<br />

Major sets:<br />

Encyclopedia of World Art<br />

Grove's Dictionary of Art<br />

McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Art<br />

Pelican History of Art<br />

Circulating Books: 4100 Titles<br />

Juvenile Books: 100 Titles<br />

Audio <strong>Visual</strong>: 155 Titles<br />

Periodicals:<br />

African <strong>Arts</strong><br />

The American Art Journal<br />

American Artist<br />

The Art Bulletin<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

11<br />

11


Art in America<br />

Art Journal<br />

Artforum<br />

ARTnews<br />

Burlington Magazine<br />

CAA News<br />

Critical Inquiry<br />

The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism<br />

Leonardo<br />

New Art Examiner<br />

October<br />

School <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Online Indexes and Databases<br />

The Woodhouse Library has the following online indexes and databases:<br />

Full text:<br />

ACS: American Chemical Society Journals<br />

CQ Researcher<br />

eBooks (from Michigan Electronic Library)<br />

EBSCO Online<br />

EthnicNewsWatch<br />

FirstSearch<br />

ATLA Religion Database<br />

ECO (Electronic Journals Online)<br />

WilsonSelect Plus<br />

Grove Dictionary of Art<br />

InfoTrac<br />

Expanded Academic ASAP<br />

Health Reference Center Academic<br />

Kids Edition K-12<br />

GenderWatch<br />

IDEAL (Academic Press)<br />

Lexis Nexis Academic<br />

Lexis Nexis Congressional<br />

Lexis Nexis Statistical<br />

Literature Resource Center<br />

Oxford English Dictionary<br />

Project Muse<br />

ProQuest Direct<br />

Indexes:<br />

Art Abstracts (FirstSearch)<br />

Humanities Abstracts (FirstSearch)<br />

FirstSearch (numerous other databases)<br />

ERIC<br />

MLA<br />

Uses of Technological Resources<br />

In the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Education <strong>Program</strong><br />

• Students use the computer/projector combination to give class presentations. Most are<br />

familiar with Powerpoint<br />

• Students use a digital camera to photograph artwork and the computer to alter and enhance the<br />

images.<br />

• Students are assigned to acquire visual elements (type, etc.) from the computer to use in their<br />

2-d art projects.<br />

• Students conduct web searches and use online data bases as part of their research for projects<br />

and papers.<br />

• Three of the required Art History courses each have a support web site which houses the<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

12<br />

12


Vocational<br />

Work<br />

Experience<br />

syllabus, detailed directions for assignments, rubrics for assessment, chapter study guides, a<br />

resource page with listing of current web sites and links to some of the best information in<br />

art history on the web. In addition, each support web site has a virtual slide library for<br />

students to use in reviewing images for testing or for class assignments. The virtual slide<br />

library is pass-protected.<br />

• Some sections of AT 161, Art Appreciation, are web based courses. They are technically<br />

hybrid courses which meet twice during the term. The rest of the course, assignments and<br />

learning team projects are conducted on the web, through e-mail and through the discussion<br />

boards.<br />

Not applicable<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

13<br />

13


<strong>Program</strong><br />

Purpose<br />

<strong>Program</strong><br />

Design<br />

<strong>Program</strong><br />

Duration<br />

VIII. Experimental <strong>Program</strong> Description (Rule 53)<br />

Not applicable<br />

Not applicable<br />

Not applicable<br />

IX. Guidelines for Applying for Amendments to Currently Approved<br />

Teacher Preparation <strong>Program</strong>s<br />

Not applicable<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

14<br />

14


Contact Information for <strong>Program</strong> Review Consultants<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

2<br />

Attachment 1<br />

All communication regarding the approval of specialty programs should be addressed to the<br />

following individuals according to content area:<br />

Dr. Ghada Khoury<br />

517-373-1925<br />

khouryg@michigan.gov<br />

Bonnie Rockafellow<br />

517-373-7861<br />

rockafellowb@michigan.gov<br />

Sue Wittick<br />

517-241-0172<br />

witticks@michigan.gov<br />

Chemistry Communication <strong>Arts</strong> Social Studies<br />

Physics Language <strong>Arts</strong> Economics<br />

Earth/Space Science English Geography<br />

Physical Science Speech History<br />

Mathematics Reading Political Science<br />

Agricultural Education Reading specialist Psychology<br />

Family & Consumer Sciences All foreign languages Sociology<br />

Library Media All bilingual education Anthropology<br />

Computer Science Music Education Cultural Studies<br />

Guidance & Counseling Dance Behavioral Studies<br />

Cognitive Impairment English as a Second Language Integrated Science<br />

Speech and Language<br />

Impairment<br />

Humanities Biology<br />

Physical or other Health<br />

Impairment<br />

Academic Study of Religions All business education<br />

Emotional Impairment Philosophy Industrial Technology<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> Impairment Early Childhood Education <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education<br />

Hearing Impairment Health<br />

Learning Disabilities Physical Education<br />

Physical Education for<br />

Students with Disabilities<br />

Recreation<br />

Autism Environmental Studies<br />

Middle Level Educational Technology<br />

Vocational Agriscience and<br />

Natural Resources<br />

Fine <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Vocational Family and<br />

Consumer Sciences<br />

Technology & Design<br />

Vocational Business Services<br />

Vocational Distributive<br />

Education<br />

Vocational Technical<br />

2


AX COMMUNICATION ARTS<br />

BX LANGUAGE ARTS<br />

BA English<br />

BC Journalism<br />

BD Speech<br />

BT Reading<br />

BR Reading Specialist<br />

RX SOCIAL STUDIES<br />

CA Economics<br />

CB Geography<br />

CC History<br />

CD Political Science<br />

SOCIAL SCIENCE*<br />

CE Psychology<br />

CF Sociology<br />

CH Anthropology<br />

CL Cultural Studies<br />

CM Behavioral Studies<br />

DX SCIENCE**<br />

DI INTEGRATED SCIENCE<br />

DA Biology<br />

DC Chemistry<br />

DE Physics<br />

DH Earth/Space Science<br />

DO Astronomy<br />

DP Physical Science<br />

EX MATHEMATICS<br />

FOREIGN LANGUAGE<br />

FA French<br />

FB German<br />

FC Greek<br />

FD Latin<br />

FE Russian<br />

FF Spanish<br />

FG Other<br />

FH Italian<br />

FI Polish<br />

FJ Hebrew<br />

FL Japanese Language and Culture<br />

Michigan Department of Education Endorsement Areas and Codes<br />

August 2002<br />

BILINGUAL EDUCATION<br />

YA Bilingual French<br />

YB Bilingual German<br />

YC Bilingual Greek<br />

YE Bilingual Russian<br />

YF Bilingual Spanish<br />

YH Bilingual Italian<br />

YI Bilingual Polish<br />

YJ Bilingual Hebrew<br />

YK Bilingual Arabic<br />

YL Bilingual Other<br />

YM Bilingual Vietnamese<br />

YN Bilingual Korean<br />

YO Bilingual Yugoslavian<br />

YP Bilingual Chaldean<br />

YR Bilingual Chinese<br />

YS Bilingual Filipino<br />

YT Bilingual Japanese<br />

GX BUSINESS EDUCATION<br />

GA Accounting<br />

GH Business Administration<br />

GI Secretarial Science<br />

GM Distributive Education<br />

HX AGRICULTURAL<br />

EDUCATION<br />

IX INDUSTRIAL<br />

TECHNOLOGY<br />

JX MUSIC EDUCATION<br />

KH FAMILY AND CONSUMER<br />

SCIENCES<br />

LX ART EDUCATION ***<br />

LQ VISUAL ARTS EDUCATION<br />

LZ VISUAL ARTS EDUCATION<br />

SPECIALIST<br />

MX HEALTH, PHYS. ED. AND<br />

RECREATION<br />

MA Health<br />

MB Physical Education<br />

MD Recreation<br />

MH Dance<br />

MISCELLANEOUS<br />

NB National Board Certification<br />

NC Driver and Safety Education<br />

ND Library Media<br />

NJ Environmental Studies<br />

NP Educational Technology<br />

NR Computer Science<br />

NS English as a Second Language<br />

NT Guidance and Counseling<br />

OX FINE ARTS<br />

PX HUMANITIES<br />

PR Academic Study of Religions<br />

PS Philosophy<br />

SPECIAL EDUCATION<br />

SA Cognitive Impairment<br />

SB Speech and Language<br />

Impairment<br />

SC Physical or Other Health<br />

Impairment<br />

SE Emotional Impairment<br />

SK <strong>Visual</strong> Impairment<br />

SL Hearing Impairment<br />

SM Learning Disabilities<br />

SP Physical Education for Students<br />

with Disabilities<br />

SV Autism<br />

TX TECHNOLOGY AND<br />

DESIGN<br />

ZA EARLY CHILDHOOD<br />

EDUCATION ****<br />

ZD MIDDLE SCHOOL ****<br />

ZL MIDDLE LEVEL ****<br />

ZG GENERAL EL K-5 ****<br />

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION<br />

VA Vocational Agriscience and<br />

Natural Resources<br />

VB Vocational Business Services<br />

VD Vocational Distributive<br />

Education<br />

VH Vocational Family and<br />

Consumer Sciences<br />

VT Vocational Technical<br />

Attachment 2<br />

* There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

** The DX endorsement may not be offered to new candidates after the fall semester of the 2003-2004 academic year.<br />

*** The LX endorsement may not be offered to new candidates after the fall semester of the 2002-03 academic year.


Summary of Course Requirements for Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong><br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

3<br />

Attachment 3<br />

(Form XX)<br />

Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Date: 4/05/04<br />

Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong>: LQ<br />

<strong>Program</strong> Standards: SBE 6-12-01 Standards Date: June, 12 2001<br />

<strong>Program</strong> Contact Person(s): Ron Pederson<br />

Course Title (1)<br />

Course<br />

Number<br />

Sem.<br />

Hours<br />

(2)<br />

Secondary (3)<br />

Elementary (3)<br />

K-12 (3)<br />

Maj. Min. Maj. Min. Maj. Min.<br />

Basic Drawing I AT 130 3 X<br />

Basic Drawing II AT 131 3 X<br />

2-D Design AT140 3 X<br />

3-D Design AT141 3 X<br />

New Forms AT 230 3 X<br />

Art Survey I AT 150 3 X<br />

Art Survey II AT 151 3<br />

Van Gogh to Picasso AT 350 3 X<br />

Dali through Abstraction AT 351 3 X<br />

Foundations in Art Education AT 370 3 X<br />

Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education<br />

AT 372 3 X<br />

Secondary methods in Art<br />

Education<br />

AT 374 3 X<br />

Studio Practicum in Art Education AT 376 3 X<br />

Contemporary Art (History) AT 391 3<br />

Studio Art Electives<br />

(including 9 hours in one area)<br />

15 X<br />

Art Department subtotal 57<br />

X<br />

School of Education requirements 39<br />

Total required credit hours 96 X<br />

X<br />

X<br />

Additional<br />

Endorsements<br />

(4)<br />

3


Standards for the Preparation of Teachers Attachment 4<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ)<br />

Adopted by the Michigan State Board of Education<br />

June 12, 2001<br />

Michigan Department of Education, Office of Professional Preparation Services, November 22, 2002<br />

4<br />

4


Standards for the Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ Endorsement) and<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education Specialist (LZ Endorsement)<br />

Preface<br />

Development of the Proposal<br />

During 2000-2001, a referent group of professional educators developed a proposal to modify current requirements<br />

for preparation as an art education teacher, create a new graduate-level visual arts education specialist endorsement,<br />

and to adopt standards for the preparation of teachers in these areas. These standards align with standards developed<br />

by the National Art Education Association, the National Association of Schools of Art and Design, and Michigan’s<br />

Content Standards for <strong>Arts</strong> Education.<br />

As summarized in the following comparison chart, the current option for a 24 semester-hour group major, 36<br />

semester-hour group major (or completion of both the group major and minor) would be phased out and replaced by<br />

a 50 semester-hour (minimum) comprehensive, K-12 group major in visual arts education for secondary<br />

certification. With this new, comprehensive group major program, no additional minor would be required. The<br />

comprehensive nature of this new program would ensure adequate preparation of visual arts education teachers for<br />

K-12 classroom assignments.<br />

A new, 68 semester-hour, K-12, visual arts specialist endorsement is also proposed at the graduate level. The 68<br />

semester hours would be cumulative based on prior preparation in visual arts education: if a candidate had<br />

previously completed the new 50-semester hour comprehensive group major, 18 additional graduate-level semester<br />

hours would be required; if a candidate had previously completed a 36 semester-hour group major, 32 additional<br />

semester hours would be required (including 18 semester hours at the graduate level); if a candidate had previously<br />

completed a 24 semester-hour group minor, 44 semester hours would be required (including 18 semester hours at the<br />

graduate level); and if a candidate had previously completed both a 36 semester-hour group major and a 24<br />

semester-hour group minor, 18 additional graduate-level semester hours would be required.<br />

To provide information and gather feedback on the proposal, a copy was forwarded to selected groups/organizations,<br />

all Michigan teacher preparation institutions, and a random sample of intermediate and local school districts for<br />

review and comment. The standards reflect the feedback received.<br />

State Board adoption of these standards mandates the creation of a new certification test for teachers prepared in<br />

visual arts education (LQ). It is anticipated that test development for a new Michigan Test for Teacher Certification<br />

in visual arts education will begin in 2001 and the test will be available for administration in fall 2003. Candidates<br />

completing visual arts education specialist programs will not have to pass an additional MTTC test, unless they have<br />

not been previously endorsed in visual arts education (through completion of LX or LQ programs).


Approval of <strong>Program</strong>s<br />

Teacher preparation institutions that wish to continue to offer programs to prepare visual arts education teachers are<br />

required to submit an application for program approval that demonstrates how the standards for visual arts education<br />

(LQ) are met throughout the proposed curriculum. Following initial approval, the teacher preparation program will<br />

be reviewed every five years through the Periodic Review/<strong>Program</strong> Evaluation process.<br />

Institutions that wish to develop programs to prepare visual arts education specialists may submit applications for<br />

program approval at any time. Approval applications are available on the web:<br />

www.state.mi.us/mde/off/ppc/progapp.doc.<br />

Phase-out of Art Education (LX) Group Majors and Group Minors<br />

The 36 semester-hour art education group major and 24 semester-hour group minor may not be offered to new<br />

candidates after the 2002-03 academic year. Candidates must complete all preparation program requirements,<br />

except for passing the Michigan Test for Teacher Certification (LX test), by June 2006. The last administration of<br />

the MTTC art education (LX) test (for those candidates only) will be in July 2007.


Content Guidelines/Standards Matrix<br />

<strong>College</strong>/University <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Code<br />

Source of<br />

Guidelines/Standards<br />

Michigan State Board of Education, 2001 <strong>Program</strong>/Subject<br />

Area<br />

2<br />

LQ<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education K-12<br />

Comprehensive Group Major<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001


Requirements<br />

Candidates for this endorsement are required to have 50 semester hours in a Comprehensive Group Major<br />

comprised of courses in 3 areas:<br />

� 12 semester hours of art education<br />

� 12 semester hours of art/design history, aesthetics, and/or criticism<br />

� 26 semester hours of studio art, to include advanced-level courses in one studio area:<br />

� 18 hours from studio, design, media, or technology and<br />

� 8 hours advanced-level semester hours in one studio area<br />

Notice:<br />

The <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education LQ Comprehensive Group Major is a K-12 endorsement for secondary certificates. Candidates completing this<br />

program will not need to complete a minor before recommendation for certification can be made.<br />

DIRECTIONS: List required courses on matrix and provide additional narrative to explain how standards are met.<br />

If electives are included, they should be clearly indicated. Adjust size of cells as needed.<br />

2<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

1.0 Faculty<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

candidates with faculty who are competent and<br />

committed to preparing future teachers of art <strong>Visual</strong><br />

arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

faculty who:<br />

.<br />

1.1 hold advanced degrees, have extensive knowledge<br />

and practice in art and art education, and have<br />

demonstrated competence in teaching K-12 for at<br />

least three years.<br />

1.2 demonstrate a thorough understanding of<br />

comprehensive art education and familiarity with the<br />

complex relationships among the disciplines<br />

demonstrated in the art of today and the past; to<br />

include art making, art and design history, art<br />

criticism, aesthetics, visual, and cultural studies and<br />

media literacy.<br />

1.3 remain active in the profession through their<br />

participation in professional art and art education<br />

associations at the local, state, and national levels.<br />

The person we will seek to teach the Art Education courses will hold an<br />

advanced degree in Art Education and will have at least three years of K-12 art<br />

experience, preferably more. Though two art department faculty members have<br />

experience teaching in high school, the department will depend on the new<br />

part-time Art Education faculty for true and current expertise in K-12 art<br />

education theory and practice.<br />

The <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art faculty is strong in this regard. It is a large department<br />

considering the student population of the <strong>College</strong>. With varied educational<br />

backgrounds, almost-uniform attainment of terminal degrees, and varied<br />

personal approaches to art-making or art scholarship, the faculty offers <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

Art majors a rich mix of knowledge, experience, and convictions. In that<br />

context, all students including K-12 candidates are given an excellent<br />

opportunity to achieve their maximum potential as artists.<br />

The faculty is active in professional associations. Institutional memberships<br />

include the <strong>College</strong> Art Association and NAEA/MAEA. Individual<br />

memberships include CAA, Foundations in Art Theory and Education, the<br />

International Sculpture Center, American Craft Council, and the National<br />

Association of Independent Artists, all national organizations. Locally and<br />

regionally members of the faculty are involved in such organizations as<br />

Michigan Potters Guild, the Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong> and in<br />

Grand Valley Artists. The <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department will seek an art education<br />

instructor who is an active member of state and national art education<br />

organizations.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

3


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate<br />

for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art educational settings for which<br />

their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a<br />

series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their own<br />

classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of<br />

student learning within art education.<br />

The art curriculum has developed sequentially, beginning with building in the<br />

student a solid foundation in basic drawing (one year), 2d and 3d<br />

composition(one year), photography and new forms(one year), the latter of<br />

which exposes the student to post-formal conceptualization, and two years of<br />

art history surveys. Upon that foundation, the student begins to make choices<br />

appropriate to his or her inclinations and gifts as an artist. The curriculum as a<br />

whole is thus sequential, as it is within each course, where increasingly<br />

complex skills and knowledge are introduced, mastered, and integrated into the<br />

art-making process. The process serves as a model which can be followed, with<br />

age-appropriate adjustments, in the curricula and courses our students will<br />

design and teach.<br />

Each of the courses lay out clear expectations and standards for evaluation of<br />

individual artworks and of student performance. The Art Faculty conducts<br />

semester reviews, annual competitive exhibitions, and annual competitions for<br />

scholarships. Collectively, they are program assessment tools that provide<br />

information on the solidity of the program, and suggestions on how<br />

components of the program might be improved.<br />

Assessment is also an important component in all studio, art history and art<br />

education courses. Assessment tools used in class include papers, research<br />

projects, quizzes, mid-term and final exams, design analysis papers, individual<br />

critiques, group critiques, student led critiques, observations, and lesson plans.<br />

In all courses, students are involved in and take leadership roles in selfassessment<br />

and in the assessment of peers’ work.<br />

Core courses in education introduce and define assessment. Art Education<br />

courses relate assessment to teaching visual problem solving. Studio courses<br />

require the student to assess his own art and the art of others. Student teaching<br />

caps this experience.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

4


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates<br />

while encouraging them to also assess their own<br />

teaching and learning.<br />

1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of<br />

clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />

realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward<br />

both developing art education students and<br />

cooperating teachers in the schools which includes<br />

access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />

such as museums, community centers, and afterschool<br />

programs.<br />

Art Education candidates, as Art majors, participate fully in the Art Department<br />

classes, reviews, competitions, and exhibitions noted above. One of the<br />

strengths of the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art program is rooted in its relatively small student<br />

population. Faculty members learn to know the students very well. Each faculty<br />

member usually has more than one class with each Art major. The result is, the<br />

student’s progress from semester to semester can be monitored. Art faculty<br />

members are also very aware of the artwork students are doing in other studio<br />

classes. The environment is thus one of both awareness of student progress and<br />

encouragement to student growth. Another facet of the program that encourages<br />

self-assessment is an excellent exhibitions and visiting artist program, which<br />

exposes Art students to excellent professional examples, and gives each student<br />

the opportunity to compare his or her own work to a professional standard.<br />

This criterion is met most directly through supervised school placements that<br />

are part of EN 201 Introduction to Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in<br />

Art Education, AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, EN 495 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498, Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School.<br />

The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> School of Education monitors placements to ensure a<br />

diverse and well rounded clinical experience. Students experience public and<br />

private classrooms, affluent and under- funded classrooms, majority and<br />

minority classrooms.<br />

Additionally, the course plans for many studio art courses incorporate museum,<br />

gallery and not for profit institution visits and experiences.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

5


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

1.8 are committed to learning about, furthering and<br />

modeling the innovative use of computer technology<br />

within the field as both an art medium and as a tool<br />

for communication, research, and instructional<br />

purposes.<br />

1.9 are cognizant of the research within art education;<br />

either as contributors to the research enterprise,<br />

participants in research studies, or as consumers of<br />

research.<br />

1.10 take advantage of faculty educational opportunities<br />

that can enhance their professional lives.<br />

2.0<br />

Content<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs focus on<br />

the content of the visual arts<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />

provide and require:<br />

2.1 significant coursework in the processes of art<br />

making that involve:<br />

Art Department courses in which the use of computers is a structured<br />

component are AT 140 2d Design, AT 141 3d Design, AT 212 Photography I,<br />

AT 230 New Forms, AT 341 Printmaking, and in all the Art History courses,<br />

wherein the computer is used as a tool for research. Through ARTSTOR, all<br />

Art History classes use on-line images in classroom lectures. AT 370<br />

Foundations in Art Education, systematically examines the impact of the<br />

computer on the world of art, use of the computer as a classroom tool for<br />

manipulating imagery, as a means of connecting with the art education<br />

community, as a tool for curriculum-building, and as a tool for scholarly<br />

research.<br />

Additionally, <strong>Aquinas</strong> requires three one hour courses in computer technology<br />

that are chosen with the student’s major in mind.<br />

For cognizance of specific research within the field of Art Education as it<br />

pertains to K-12, the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department will depend on the Art Education<br />

specialist that will be hired when this proposal is accepted. As continually<br />

active artists and scholars, the Art faculty can legitimately lay claim to being<br />

consumers of research, always expecting to apply pertinent insights to teaching.<br />

Art Department members consistently participate in national and regional<br />

conferences, department trips to Chicago and Detroit, and sabbatical leaves to<br />

foster growth as artists.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

6


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches. AT 130 Basic Drawing I, and AT 131 Basic Drawing II, are part of the<br />

foundation, and include instruction in traditional drawing media as well as<br />

application of compositional theory learned in AT 140 2-D Design, and AT 141<br />

3d Design. Nearly all the upper level studio courses are taught traditionally,<br />

with a thorough grounding in technical and visual aspects of a particular<br />

medium preceding personal expression. Process is emphasized. The artwork<br />

and visual idea produced is the result of process.<br />

All art history courses define and explore how traditional studio methods were<br />

used in the time period covered, and how that use has changed over time<br />

2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches. AT 230 New Forms, addresses most intentionally a postmodern, post-formal<br />

way of approaching art-making. It begins with a concept, employs research and<br />

structured thinking to develop the concept and to choose the most appropriate<br />

way to convey the idea. Only then is the artwork produced. Physical process is<br />

sublimated to conceptual process, and non-traditional uses of photography and<br />

video are frequently used. If students find that a concept-driven approach<br />

works best for them, they have the freedom to use it in the advanced levels of<br />

any studio class, such as Sculpture II, Painting II, Printmaking II, etc.<br />

If computer technology is still considered to be in the category of contemporary<br />

approaches to art, it is pertinent to state here that computer technology is<br />

incorporated into several studio classes including AT 140 2d Design, AT 141<br />

3d Design, AT 212 Photography, AT 230 New Forms, and AT341 Printmaking.<br />

All studio instructors are current and active artists, interested in achieving a<br />

balance between our filial heritage as artists and our desire to produce art work<br />

of contemporary significance. Our teaching is informed by that dynamic. Thus<br />

our Art majors, including K-12 Art Education students, are fully exposed to<br />

that “contemporary” goal.<br />

2.2 Comprehensive studio experiences that develop<br />

basic concepts and skills related to:<br />

2.2.1 creative processes. All our studio courses model criterion 2.2.1. Any studio course utilizes the<br />

creative principle—a dependence on an investigative process with materials,<br />

images, or ideas, begun without foreknowledge of the eventual outcome, ended<br />

with delight at unexpected insights gained or fresh imagery attained.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

7


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.2.2 organizational structures. AT 140 2d Design and AT 141 3d Design most explicitly address the<br />

organization or composition of artwork. Knowledge gained in those foundation<br />

courses regarding pictorial or sculptural organization is incorporated into all<br />

other studio art courses.<br />

2.2.3 techniques. AT 130 Basic Drawing I, AT 131 Basic Drawing II, AT 201 Life Drawing, and<br />

AT 202 Advanced Drawing teach the tools and techniques of drawing. All<br />

advanced studio classes teach the tools, materials, and techniques of ceramics,<br />

painting, photography, printmaking, and sculpture, respectively.<br />

2.2.4 expressive content. By the time students begin taking upper level studio art classes, they have been<br />

grounded in sound technical and compositional skills. That grounding provides<br />

the strong foundation that allows further exploration as students seek their<br />

personal “voice” as artists. The pedagogy in each advanced studio course<br />

includes opportunity and encouragement for students to take risks and push<br />

their personal envelopes. Thus, they learn the value of expressive content in<br />

their own and others’ artwork. Knowledge gained through studio experiences is<br />

amplified and underscored through the study of art historical examples, both in<br />

studio lecture situations and in every art history course.<br />

2.2.5 social functions. AT 230 New Forms includes instruction regarding the social implications of<br />

Postmodernism. AT 372 Elementary Methods of Art Education, AT 374<br />

Secondary Methods of Art Education, and AT 370, Foundations in Art<br />

Education all deal with the philosophy of art education and the rationale for and<br />

place of art in a school curriculum. Part of the justification for art in a school<br />

curriculum is the function of visual art in society.<br />

2.2.6 communicative qualities. AT 140 2-D Design directly addresses communicative qualities by stressing the<br />

value of formal clarity in design. AT 230 New Forms stresses the need to<br />

effectively communicate an idea through visual imagery.<br />

Art History methodology includes a discussion of the communicative aspects of<br />

examples of art in each historical period.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

8


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge. AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, emphasizes knowledge of OSHA<br />

safety standards for all materials used, safe studio practices, and environmental<br />

responsibility based on that knowledge. Operation of machines and kilns is also<br />

included in the Studio Practicum curriculum. Each upper level studio course<br />

includes technical instruction regarding the material(s) and tools used in that<br />

course.<br />

2.3 Coursework in art history which encompasses:<br />

2.3.1 western art and artists from historical perspectives. This is systematically addressed in AT 150 Survey of Art History I and AT 151<br />

Survey of Art History II. Further, all studio courses make extensive use of our<br />

video, DVD, book and slide collections.<br />

2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary<br />

perspectives.<br />

2.3.3 non-western art and artists from historical<br />

perspectives.<br />

2.3.4 non-western art and artists from contemporary<br />

perspectives.<br />

This is systematically addressed in the required art history course AT 351 Dali<br />

to Abstraction. It is more directly addressed in an AT391 Contemporary Art.<br />

Instruction in all upper level studio courses includes slide lectures covering<br />

contemporary artists in each medium. AT230 New Forms includes lecture and<br />

discussion regarding Postmodern thought as it relates to visual art.<br />

Non-western art is a significant component in AT150 Survey of Art History I<br />

and AT151 Survey of Art History II. All <strong>Aquinas</strong> students are also required to<br />

take six hours in Humanities, GE201 and GE202, which cover non-western art<br />

in survey fashion.<br />

Contemporary non-western art is discussed in AT351 Dali through Abstraction<br />

and AT391 Contemporary Art. All <strong>Aquinas</strong> students are also required to take<br />

six hours in Humanities, GE201 and GE202, the second of which introduces<br />

selected examples of contemporary non-western art.<br />

2.3.5 design history. The history of design is included in AT150 Survey of Art History I and AT151<br />

Survey of Art History II. It is more fully discussed in AT350 Van Gogh to<br />

Picasso and AT351 Dali through Abstraction, with particular attention given to<br />

the impact of the Bauhaus on design history. AT140 2d Design also includes<br />

instruction in design history.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

9


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.3.6 cultural studies. The required art history courses AT150, Survey of Art History I, AT151<br />

Survey of Art History II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through<br />

Abstraction, and AT 391 Contemporary Art, all consider art historical examples<br />

within the appropriate cultural context. Required Humanities courses GE 201<br />

and 202 do so also.<br />

2.3.7 media literacy. If this refers to literary media such as art journals, all required Art History<br />

courses AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II,<br />

AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT35 Dali through Abstraction, and<br />

AT391Contemporary Art, include research components and instruction that<br />

builds familiarity with library holdings of art history journals and on-line media<br />

resources.<br />

If this refers to the materials of art, required Art History courses AT150 Survey<br />

of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II, AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso,<br />

AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and AT391 Contemporary Art all include<br />

discussion of the relationship between images being studied and the medium<br />

and related processes that were used to create the image. Art historical<br />

instruction includes visiting museums to examine actual works of art for the<br />

purpose of studying all aspects including the relationship of media used to<br />

image produced.<br />

2.3.8 gender studies. Required Art History courses AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of<br />

Art History II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction,<br />

and AT391 Contemporary Art, all include consideration of the work of women.<br />

Since most early historical surveys have much more documentation of the work<br />

of male artists than that of female artists, gender issues are more prevalent in<br />

the 300 level survey courses, as well as in 391 Contemporary Art. AT230 New<br />

Forms, examines the role of feminism in the development of Postmodernism.<br />

2.4 Introductory level of aesthetic knowledge which<br />

encompasses:<br />

2.4.1 major traditional theories of art and design. All studio courses and all required art history courses AT 150 Art Survey I,<br />

AT151 Art Survey II, AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso, and AT351 Dali through<br />

Abstraction, explore traditional theories of art and design. Among the studio<br />

courses, AT140 2d Design most explicitly studies design theory.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

10


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design. AT212 Photography I, AT230 New Forms, AT 351 Dali through Abstraction,<br />

and AT391 Contemporary Art directly address contemporary theories of art and<br />

design.<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art. Students are exposed to a variety of theories, both in lecture classes and in<br />

studio classes. For example AT140 2d Design provides instruction in formal<br />

design theory, while AT 230 New Forms emphasizes post-formal design<br />

theory. In upper level classes, an atmosphere is created in which students have<br />

the freedom to use the approach which has proven to be most effective for<br />

them.<br />

2.5 Introductory level of art and design criticism that<br />

prepares students to:<br />

2.5.1 make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art<br />

and design from a variety of theoretical<br />

perspectives.<br />

AT140 2d Design requires written and oral design analysis based upon formal<br />

criteria. AT150 Survey of Art History I, AT151 Survey of Art History II, AT<br />

350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and AT391<br />

Contemporary Art, combine historical, cultural, and biographical criteria with<br />

formal criteria in evaluating art, primarily in written work. AT230 New Forms<br />

encourages a consideration of conceptual and feminist theory in evaluating art<br />

work, primarily in the context of critique. Upper level studio courses, the 200<br />

and 300 level courses, require students to make analytical and interpretative<br />

evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives. This<br />

becomes most evident in critiques and class discussions.<br />

2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms. Perhaps the most important activity in all studio courses is the class critique. By<br />

verbalizing their evaluative thoughts regarding other students’ art work and<br />

listening to comments regarding their own, students move intuitive knowledge<br />

into a more concrete, conscious mode, and increase the likelihood they will be<br />

effective communicators when they become teachers. Many studio classes and<br />

all art history classes require written analytical and evaluative work.<br />

2.6 Experiences for candidates in presenting art<br />

according to the developmental levels of students<br />

that involve:<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

11


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation. Students are exposed to traditional methods of presentation throughout their<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> experience. Art History and studio courses involve visits to galleries,<br />

museums, and alternative exhibition spaces. Students learn to make use of<br />

traditional methods of presentation in all studio courses, and are required, in<br />

their senior year to participate in the annual student art exhibition, which they<br />

hang themselves. A large majority of our students participate in the annual<br />

student exhibition each of their four or five years.<br />

AT212 Photography students are required to set up an exhibition of their work<br />

each semester.<br />

EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary Schools, and EN498 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Secondary Schools, often include opportunities for the<br />

student to mount in-school or in-classroom exhibitions of student work.<br />

AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education includes instruction and practice in<br />

organizing and setting up exhibitions of student work.<br />

2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation. AT212 Photography and AT230 New Forms employ unusual forms of<br />

presentation such as projecting images on to buildings, using videos, doing<br />

performance art, or utilizing computer presentation software.<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional<br />

responses to the meaning and nature of students’<br />

own artwork and the artwork of others.<br />

As noted in 2.5.2, class critiques are a significant part of all studio classes. In<br />

studio classes, a contemplative atmosphere is established. Students are<br />

encouraged to recognize their gut-level responses, and to understand through<br />

reflection, why they respond in a particular way. It is a cognitive process<br />

through which students become more self-aware, and which prepares them to<br />

guide their future students through a similar process.<br />

Reflective writing in response to works of art is a component of AT140 2d<br />

Design, AT141 3d Design, AT230 New Forms, AT370 Foundations of Art<br />

Education, AT372 Elementary Methods of Art Education, AT374 Secondary<br />

Methods of Art Education, AT150 Art History Survey I, AT151 Art History<br />

Survey II, AT350 Van Gogh to Picasso, AT351 Dali through Abstraction, and<br />

all art history electives.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

12


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.0 Theory, Practice, and Research<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

teacher candidates with a thorough knowledge of<br />

theory, practice, and research in the field of art<br />

education.<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />

provide and require:<br />

3.1 Coursework on theories of art education that:<br />

3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing<br />

theories.<br />

3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent<br />

and philosophical positions in relationship to<br />

contemporary art education.<br />

3.2 Coursework on the roles for art in general education<br />

that:<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and<br />

social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />

education.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education introduce<br />

historical developments as well as theoretical and philosophical issues in Art<br />

Education.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, includes a comprehensive, in depth<br />

consideration of art education theory, and requires the student to develop a<br />

substantial articulation, both orally and in writing, of a personal K-12 art<br />

education philosophy. AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and<br />

AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, discuss aesthetics and art<br />

education theory, as well as practical application of theory in elementary and<br />

secondary classrooms.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, all include<br />

instruction and discussion of rationale for including art in the school<br />

curriculum. This is also a component of EN 201 Introduction to Education,<br />

EN411 History of Modern Education, EN415 Philosophy of Education, EN495<br />

Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student<br />

Teaching, Secondary School.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

13


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal<br />

philosophical position concerning the relevance and<br />

importance of art in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt<br />

interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />

component.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, all require the<br />

student to develop a personal art education philosophy, and include instruction<br />

in arts advocacy. This is also a theme through several School of Education<br />

courses including EN201 Introduction to Education, EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />

Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers, EN408 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />

Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers, EN 495 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, include<br />

instruction and development exercises for interdisciplinary curricula. EN 495,<br />

Directed Student Teaching, Elementary Schools, and EN 498, Directed Student<br />

Teaching, Secondary Schools, provide practical experiences in that regard.<br />

School of Education courses that help meet this criterion are EN 406<br />

<strong>Application</strong>s of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />

<strong>Application</strong>s of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, and EN 453<br />

Methods of Secondary Education.<br />

3.3 Opportunities to develop art education instruction<br />

that responds to the specific interests, abilities, and<br />

needs of all students, including students with special<br />

needs, and address:<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 201 Introduction to<br />

Education, EN 302 Educational Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and<br />

Development, EN390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, EN 406 <strong>Application</strong><br />

of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of<br />

Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, EN461 Inclusion, EN495 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education necessarily<br />

include structured consideration of this criterion in the process of helping<br />

students develop their personal philosophy of art education.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

14


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy. Addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary<br />

Methods in Art Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education,<br />

AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, EN 201 Introduction to Education,<br />

EN390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, EN461 Inclusion, EN 495 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Elementary School, EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School.<br />

3.4 Thorough understanding of social, emotional, and<br />

physical development as it relates to:<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 302 Educational<br />

Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and Development, and EN390 Teaching<br />

the Gifted and Talented. It is also a component of AT370 Foundations in Art<br />

Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374,<br />

Secondary Methods in Art Education.<br />

3.4.2 artistic production. AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio<br />

Practicum in Art Education, all address the issue of age and developmentally<br />

appropriate expectations regarding the art that children are capable of<br />

producing.<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response. Education courses that address this criterion include EN302 Educational<br />

Psychology, EN304 Human Growth and Development and EN390 Teaching<br />

the Gifted and Talented. It is also addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art<br />

Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374,<br />

Secondary Methods in Art Education.<br />

3.4.4 critical thinking. Education courses that address this criterion include EN 302 Educational<br />

Psychology, EN 304 Human Growth and Development, and EN390 Teaching<br />

the Gifted and Talented. AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372<br />

Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374, Secondary Methods in Art<br />

Education all include instruction in what can be expected in particular age and<br />

ability groups, with regard to critical thinking.<br />

3.5 Thorough understanding of special populations,<br />

including:<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

15


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps. This is addressed in EN461 Inclusion. In AT370 Foundations in Art Education,<br />

AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education and AT374 Secondary Methods<br />

in Art Education, the issue is addressed as part of the discussion of learning<br />

theory as it applies to the art classroom.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a<br />

variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to<br />

support these students.<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for<br />

supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.6 Varied opportunities for the candidates to have<br />

supervised experiences in classroom settings prior to<br />

the traditional student teaching experience. These<br />

should:<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as,<br />

community settings with a variety of cultural and<br />

economic levels.<br />

All the Art Education classes include discussion and instruction on this issue, as<br />

do EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, and EN 461 Inclusion. EN 495<br />

Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student<br />

Teaching, Secondary School, provide practical experiences as special needs<br />

students are often mainstreamed into art classrooms.<br />

AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education includes elements relating to the use<br />

of community resources for special needs students. This standard is addressed<br />

in EN461 Inclusion. Exposure to school and community resources to help<br />

special needs students is provided through EN495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary Schools.<br />

This is addressed in EN 461 Inclusion, AT 370 Foundations of Art Education,<br />

AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT 374 Secondary<br />

Methods in Art Education.<br />

Classroom visits prior to Directed Student Teaching are a structured part of<br />

EN201 Introduction to Education, AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT<br />

372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education. For any given<br />

student, the visits in those five classes are monitored to insure exposure to a<br />

variety of settings.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

16


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a<br />

variety of populations, including those with special<br />

needs.<br />

3.7 Coursework in art education curriculum and<br />

instruction which:<br />

3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art<br />

curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />

standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />

Both AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374 Secondary<br />

Methods in Art Education, require the student to prepare and teach an art lesson<br />

in an elementary and a secondary classroom, respectively. School assignments<br />

are made with variety in mind, so students can experience and compare<br />

contrasting school demographics. In assigning schools for Directed Student<br />

Teaching (EN 495 and EN 498), the School of Education also strives to give<br />

the student two contrasting experiences.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, and AT376 Studio<br />

Practicum in Art Education, all contribute to the development of practical art<br />

curricula that reflect published standards. AT370 is weighted toward the<br />

theoretical and philosophical, and uses reading, research (including on-line<br />

research), and writing primarily. The methods courses seek to balance theory<br />

and its application. The Studio Practicum emphasizes the practical logistics<br />

needed to establish a classroom environment wherein a planned lesson can be<br />

successfully delivered.<br />

EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, and EN408<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, provide opportunity<br />

to the candidate to write curricula. EN 495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School,<br />

provide the opportunity to apply lessons written in 406 and 408 in a supervised,<br />

hands-on, sustained teaching experiences.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

17


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current<br />

teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and<br />

levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments<br />

conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

Since the field assignments in EN201 Introduction to Education are disciplinespecific,<br />

the course initiates students in the practical aspects of combining<br />

curricula with materials and resources.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, directly address<br />

this standard in the classroom, and provide field experience that underscores<br />

and amplifies this knowledge. AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />

includes practical instruction regarding materials and resources. EN 406<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers , and EN453<br />

Methods of Secondary Education address this standard. EN495 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School, provide substantial field experiences that apply theory in<br />

practical pedagogy, including age-appropriateness in both lessons and<br />

materials, and knowledge and information regarding resources.<br />

AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, most directly addresses the<br />

establishment of a workable physical classroom environment. The other three<br />

Art Education courses address the issue of establishing a successful intellectual<br />

and psychological classroom atmosphere that is conducive to learning.<br />

EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, EN 408<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers , and EN453<br />

Methods of Secondary Education address this standard. Directed Student<br />

Teaching provides two examples—Elementary and Secondary—of functioning<br />

classroom environments. Ideally those environments will be good models for<br />

the students. But even if the classroom environments are poor examples,<br />

students have an opportunity to learn, through analysis of the situation and<br />

reflective writing, how to avoid similar mistakes when they begin their own<br />

teaching careers.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

18


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment<br />

methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of<br />

student work, their own teaching, and their art<br />

program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their<br />

practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the<br />

field of art education.<br />

3.8 Continuing self-evaluation and emphasize the<br />

importance of professional development as an<br />

essential component of effective teaching.<br />

Candidates:<br />

The underpinning for such knowledge as it relates to assessment of student<br />

work is the student’s own particular education and growth as an artist and as a<br />

scholar.<br />

The standard is more specifically addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art<br />

Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374<br />

Secondary Methods in Art Education, which cover all levels of assessment—<br />

student work, teaching, and programs.<br />

Reflective, responsive, and analytical thinking is intrinsic to all the disciplines.<br />

Students entering the Education program have already demonstrated their<br />

capability in that sense through general coursework. EN201 Introduction to<br />

Education utilizes reflective writing assignments in response to education<br />

issues in general and to specific field settings, which for Art Education majors<br />

are in art classrooms. EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary<br />

Teachers, EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers,<br />

EN495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Secondary School, provide opportunities and requirements<br />

for structured reflective writing about their experience in the teaching of art.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods in Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education all directly address<br />

this standard.<br />

This standard is specifically addressed in AT370 Foundations in Art Education,<br />

AT372 Elementary Methods in Art Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods<br />

in Art Education.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

19


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to<br />

reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />

throughout their preparation.<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and<br />

collegial dialogue contributes to professional<br />

growth.<br />

3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and<br />

resources for on-going professional development<br />

throughout their teaching career.<br />

4.0<br />

Facilities<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

training in facilities and management appropriate to<br />

the field of art education.<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />

provide and require:<br />

<strong>College</strong>-wide, structured reflective writing assignments are a normal part of<br />

most scholarly courses the student will take. It is an explicit part of EN201<br />

Introduction to Education, wherein students write and participate in discussions<br />

in response to their field experiences. The same is true of AT372 Elementary<br />

Methods of Art Education and AT374 Secondary Methods of Art Education.<br />

EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers, and EN408<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers, continue an<br />

ongoing project, the portfolio, that is begun in EN201 and reaches its<br />

culmination in the seminars that are a part of EN495 Directed Student<br />

Teaching, Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School. One of the primary purposes of the portfolio project<br />

spanning several semesters is for students to reflect on their process of learning<br />

to teach through academic and clinical experiences.<br />

In all the courses mentioned in 3.8.1, reflective writing is accompanied by<br />

discussion with fellow students, instructors, and supervising teachers. Through<br />

experiencing such dialogue, students come to appreciate its value in their<br />

growth and improvement as teachers.<br />

Concerning the profession of teaching, this criterion is addressed in AT370<br />

Foundations in Art Education, and in AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art<br />

Education.<br />

Concerning the profession of being an artist, which keeps teaching fresh, the<br />

student is exposed in upper level studio art courses to a continual growth goal,<br />

taught and modeled by the Art faculty.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

20


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art<br />

classroom/environment in which safe and effective<br />

art instruction can take place with consideration for<br />

space utilization, storage of materials, equipment,<br />

and student work.<br />

4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and<br />

classroom setting including knowledge of<br />

developmentally appropriate and safe art materials<br />

and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and<br />

disposal.<br />

4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student<br />

is hurt in the art room.<br />

4.4 training in classroom budget management and the<br />

acquisition of financial, human, and material<br />

resources which includes fund raising and grant<br />

writing.<br />

5.0 Advocacy<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

training in advocacy.<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />

provide and require:<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education<br />

programs in the media.<br />

This criterion is explicitly addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art<br />

Education, as well as in EN406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for<br />

Elementary Teachers, and EN408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for<br />

Secondary Teachers.<br />

EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Secondary School, provide an opportunity for the student to<br />

see and evaluate specific aspects of two functioning classroom environments.<br />

This is specifically addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />

This is addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />

Orientation to emergency procedures in a given school is a normal part of EN<br />

495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed<br />

Student Teaching, Secondary School.<br />

These issues are addressed in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />

This is touched upon in AT370 Foundations in Art Education, in the context of<br />

considering the function of art, and of specific art programs, in a community<br />

and in a school. AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, looks at function of<br />

surveys and publicity in discussing strategies for effective community relations.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

21


Standard/Guideline Courses and/or Experiences that Fulfill the Standards for<br />

K-12 Comprehensive Group Major<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and<br />

outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />

school administrators, the board of education,<br />

parents, community members, and state and national<br />

legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in<br />

education and in society.<br />

6.0<br />

Educational Law<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs provide<br />

students access to resources on educational law.<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> arts teacher preparation programs<br />

provide and require:<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include–<br />

tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe<br />

use of materials, and school finance.<br />

AT370 Foundations in Art Education, AT372 Elementary Methods of Art<br />

Education, and AT374 Secondary Methods in Art Education, treat this standard<br />

theoretically as students are required to develop their own philosophy of art<br />

education. It has to be developed in the context of all levels of the school and<br />

community, and prepares future teachers to be effective advocates, including<br />

electronic media advocacy. This standard is also addressed in EN406<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Teachers and EN408<br />

<strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Teachers.<br />

AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education, EN 495 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Elementary School, and EN498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School,<br />

provide and model practical, supervised experiences that include<br />

communication with the various levels noted above.<br />

This standard is covered in AT376 Studio Practicum in Art Education.<br />

*There is no endorsement for the Social Science group (formerly CX), only individual endorsements.<br />

**The “Z” codes are used only by teacher preparation institutions for recommending these grade levels to the Michigan Department of Education. They do not appear on a<br />

teaching certificate.<br />

22


Instructional Faculty<br />

23<br />

23<br />

Attachment 5<br />

Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Date: SEP 14, 2004<br />

Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong>: LQ Certification/Endorsement CODE: LQ<br />

Please include all faculty teaching the courses shown on the Summary of Course Requirements for Specialty Studies <strong>Program</strong> (Attachment 3),<br />

including those who may be temporary or non-tenure stream.<br />

Courses<br />

Art<br />

history<br />

electives<br />

AT391<br />

Faculty Member<br />

Joseph P. Becherer<br />

Highest<br />

Degree in this<br />

Specialty Area,<br />

Indicating<br />

Study Focus and<br />

Research Area<br />

MFA, Ph.D.<br />

M.F.A., Sculpture<br />

Ph.D., Art History<br />

Specialties:<br />

Renaissance and<br />

Baroque Art<br />

Professional Development<br />

Experience in the Last<br />

3 Years<br />

Curator of Sculpture, Frederik<br />

Meijer Gardens and Sculpture<br />

Park. Monographs on<br />

Richard Hunt (2001), Philip<br />

Grausman (2001), and Sir<br />

Anthony Caro (2003)<br />

Continued next page<br />

Familiarity<br />

with<br />

K-12<br />

Curriculum<br />

Framework<br />

and<br />

MEAP<br />

Assessment<br />

Special Awards and<br />

Recognition<br />

Governor’s Special<br />

Achievement Award for Art<br />

and Culture, for curatorial<br />

efforts culminating in<br />

Perugino: Master of the<br />

Italian Renaissance, 1998.<br />

and others<br />

P-12<br />

Collaborative<br />

Work


AT 130,<br />

AT 121,<br />

AT230<br />

AT 140,<br />

AT 141,<br />

AT 321<br />

Dana Freeman MFA, Photography,<br />

Drawing, Video,<br />

Performance Art<br />

Installation<br />

Kurt Kaiser MFA, Three<br />

Dimensional Art<br />

AT331 Madeline<br />

Kaczmarczyk<br />

AT 150,<br />

AT151,<br />

AT350,<br />

AT351<br />

Marie Celeste<br />

Miller<br />

BA plus 30 years as<br />

professional ceramist<br />

Ph.D. Art and<br />

Literature<br />

Lectures, Kendall <strong>College</strong> of<br />

Art&Design, Grand Rapids, and<br />

Australian Catholic University,<br />

Brisbane, Australia.<br />

Solo Exhibitions at Central<br />

Michigan University and<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

Member, <strong>Arts</strong> Council of Grand<br />

Rapids.<br />

Presentation at F.A.T.E.<br />

Conference, 2001, exhibits<br />

regularly at regional and national<br />

venues including Frederik<br />

Meijer Gardens, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI, St. Vincent Gallery,<br />

Latrobe, PA, Dominican Center,<br />

Grand Rapids MI<br />

Owns and operates business as a<br />

successful ceramic artist. Many<br />

regional and national exhibitions<br />

each year, as well as coverage in<br />

publications such as Ceramics<br />

Monthly.<br />

Paper presented at Michigan<br />

Potters Association Regional<br />

Conference, Grand Valley State<br />

University (2001).<br />

Ongoing research in non-leaded<br />

glaze formulation for classroom<br />

use.<br />

Focus for the last several years<br />

has been the integration of<br />

technology into the teaching of<br />

art history. Developed webbased<br />

course and has mastered<br />

the use of a new web-based<br />

image-delivery system.<br />

24<br />

Sabbatical leave to travel to<br />

Australia for study and<br />

research, and to prepare a<br />

sabbatical exhibition,<br />

“Landscape for the Newly<br />

Born.”<br />

24


AT370<br />

AT372<br />

AT374<br />

AT376<br />

AT140,<br />

AT 141,<br />

AT 321,<br />

AT 130,<br />

AT 131,<br />

AT 201<br />

AT 341<br />

Position to be<br />

filled: Adjunct<br />

Associate Professor<br />

of Art Education<br />

Ron Pederson<br />

Advanced degree in<br />

Art Education, plus at<br />

least three years<br />

experience teaching<br />

K-12 art.<br />

MFA, Sculpture<br />

Stephen Schousen MFA, Printmaking<br />

and Drawing<br />

Membership in MAEA/NAEA.<br />

Practicing sculptor and exhibitor<br />

(see resume).<br />

Juror and lecturer locally and in<br />

statewide venues including<br />

Michigan Education Association<br />

Annual High School<br />

Competitive Exhibit1ion<br />

Regular exhibitor at LaFontsee<br />

Gallery, Grand Rapids.<br />

AT 311 Sharon Sandberg MFA, Painting Local and regional lecturer on<br />

art (see resume). Regular<br />

exhibitor at LaFontsee Gallery<br />

25<br />

Familiar w/ K-<br />

12 curriculum<br />

and MEAP<br />

assessment.<br />

Awarded sabbatical leave to<br />

make sculpture and produce<br />

sabbatical exhibit, “Evidence<br />

of Things Unseen,” a<br />

collaborative exhibit of<br />

sculpture and poetry, with the<br />

poet Miriam Pederson<br />

Awarded year-long sabbatical<br />

grant to make prints and<br />

drawings, including studying<br />

printmaking in Belgium.<br />

Awarded 2004 grant to spend<br />

spring semester 2004<br />

studying and teaching in<br />

Japan.<br />

25<br />

P-12<br />

collaborative<br />

experience.


CURRICULUM VITAE OF AQUINAS ART DEPARTMENT<br />

FACULTY, INCLUDING ADVERTISING COPY FOR THE ART<br />

EDUCATION POSITION THAT WILL BE LISTED AT THE<br />

TIME THIS APPLICATION IS APPROVED<br />

26<br />

26


Position: Instructor of Art Education<br />

Institution: <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Location: Grand Rapids, MI<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> is currently seeking an instructor of Art Education. This is an Adjunct Assistant Professor position,<br />

starting in the fall of 2005. In this role you will teach four courses in Art Education on a rotating basis, one course<br />

per semester, and possibly during summer sessions. The courses:<br />

• Foundations in Art Education<br />

• Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />

• Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />

• Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />

A successful candidate will hold an advanced degree in Art Education, have a minimum of three years experience<br />

teaching K-12 Art, possess a record of professional membership in NAEA/MAEA, and demonstrate a familiarity<br />

with State of Michigan standards for K-12 Art . <strong>College</strong> teaching experience would be a plus. Minorities and<br />

women are strongly encouraged to apply.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, an inclusive educational community rooted in the Catholic Dominican tradition, provides a liberal<br />

arts education with a global perspective. At <strong>Aquinas</strong>, we emphasize career preparation with a focus on leadership<br />

and service to others. An <strong>Aquinas</strong> education fosters a commitment to lifelong learning dedicated to the pursuit of<br />

truth and the common good.<br />

Founded by the Dominican Sisters of Grand Rapids in 1886, <strong>Aquinas</strong> has a Catholic heritage and a Christian<br />

tradition. The Dominican tradition of working and serving remains alive at <strong>Aquinas</strong>. It is lived out by <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

students who volunteer their time and talents in the Grand Rapids community and by those who travel to places such<br />

as Oaxaca, Mexico; Appalachia, Kentucky; or any of several other service-learning locations.<br />

The college is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission and is a member of the North Central Association.<br />

To apply for the Art Education position send a letter of interest, curriculum vitae, and names, addresses and<br />

telephone numbers of at least three individuals who would be able to knowledgably endorse your application to: Ron<br />

Pederson, Chair, Art Department, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1607 Robinson Road, Grand Rapids, MI 49506. To be assured<br />

of full consideration, all materials must be received by (date?).<br />

27<br />

27


JOSEPH P. BECHERER<br />

November 2002<br />

Curriculum Vitae<br />

Home: 443 Cambridge SE Office: 1000 East Beltline NE<br />

Grand Rapids, MI 49506 Grand Rapids, MI 49525<br />

(616) 454-8633 (616) 977-7685<br />

EDUCATION<br />

Ohio University, B.F.A., Summa Cum Laude, 1987.<br />

*Major: Art History<br />

*Minor: Studio, English<br />

Ohio University, M.F.A., Art History, 1989.<br />

*Areas of Concentration: Classical, Renaissance-Baroque, 19 th Century-Modern Art, Studio<br />

*Thesis: “Georges Rouault: Images of Suffering Views of Salvation”<br />

Ohio State University, CIC Traveling Scholar’s <strong>Program</strong>, Completion, 1991.<br />

*Area of Study: History of Architecture, Architectural Preservation<br />

School for Management, Midwest Regional Institute, 1996-1997.<br />

Indiana University, Hope School of Art, History of Art<br />

*Comprehensives, April 2000<br />

*Dissertation Defense, September 2001<br />

*Major Area: Renaissance and Baroque Art<br />

Dissertation: An Old Master in the New World: the Oeuvre of Pietro Perugino through<br />

the Lens of Paintings in North American Public Collections<br />

*Minor Area I: 19 th Century and Modern Art<br />

*Minor Area II: History of Architecture<br />

WORK HISTORY<br />

Curator of Sculpture, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, Summer 1999-present.<br />

Responsible for development of sculpture program, including acquisitions and exhibitions. Liaison to<br />

education programs and community outreach programs<br />

Lena E.S. Meijer Professor in the History of Art, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Summer 1999-present. Responsible<br />

for courses in pre-modern and contemporary periods and re-development of the art history program and<br />

major.<br />

Dean, School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, 1997-1999.<br />

Administrative and academic leader of seven departments (Behavioral and Social Sciences, English,<br />

Hospitality, Languages, <strong>Visual</strong> and Performing <strong>Arts</strong>)<br />

Assistant Dean, School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Grand Rapids Community<br />

<strong>College</strong>. 1996-1997. Responsible for developing and monitoring schedule and budgets of seven academic<br />

departments, adjunct faculty hiring and evaluation, and implementing community outreach programs.<br />

Chair, Department of Art and Art History, and Assistant Division Chair, Fine and Performing <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Division, Grand Rapids Community<strong>College</strong>. 1994-1996. Responsible for all aspects of a 13 member<br />

studio and art history faculty serving more than 1,600 student annually (including approximately 115<br />

majors). Led Department through research and renovation of entire curriculum and degree requirements.<br />

Established academic assessment plans for North Central Accreditation.<br />

28<br />

28


Consultant, Grand Rapids Art Museum. 1991-2000. Education and curatorial consultant on special<br />

exhibitions and permanent collection. Developed the premier American exhibition of Renaissance master,<br />

Pietro Perugino, in coordination with renown Italian and American lending institutions and scholars.<br />

Consultant, Prentice-Hall: Humanities Division. 1993-present. Editorial and pedagogical<br />

consultant; text and illustration reviewer of Art History survey, Renaissance, Baroque, and Modern Art<br />

manuscripts. Author of three books.<br />

Art History Instructor, Department of Art and Art History, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>. 1991-<br />

1996. Responsible for the development and instruction of an Art History Curriculum (including survey and<br />

upper division courses) both on campus and through community outreach programming.<br />

Assistant Director/Assistant Professor, Ohio University, Italy <strong>Program</strong> (Rome/Florence). Summer<br />

1991, 1989. Instructor of Classical through Baroque seminar for graduate and undergraduate students while<br />

supervising all academic affairs with regard to student population.<br />

Visiting Assistant Professor, School of Art, Ohio University. Winter - Spring, 1991. Taught Art<br />

History survey and undergraduate and graduate courses in European Modernism; supervision of four<br />

teaching assistants.<br />

Curator of Art and Artifacts/Assistant to the Director, Kinsey Institute, Indiana University, Summer<br />

1989 - December 1990. Responsible for all curatorial and administrative duties surrounding the world<br />

renown collection. Additionally organized the premier exhibition and publication on the collection.<br />

29<br />

29


Assistant Director of Education, Fort Wayne Museum of Art. 1988 - 1989. Responsible for<br />

volunteer training and coordination, developing and executing extensive programming on permanent<br />

collections and special exhibitions for adult, young adults, and children.<br />

Assistant to the Director, Trisolini Gallery, Ohio University. 1985-1987. Curatorial,<br />

editing, and tour responsibilities as assigned by the director; also responsible for coordinating gallery<br />

to faculty workshops and in-service.<br />

Supervisor of Peer Counseling Staff, <strong>College</strong> Adjustment <strong>Program</strong>, Ohio University. 1984-1986.<br />

Responsible for hiring, training, and supervision of staff working with first and second year students in<br />

academic and/or financial need.<br />

Advisor, <strong>College</strong> of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>, Ohio University. August - September 1985, 86, 87, 88. Academic<br />

advisor and peer counselor for all incoming freshman and transfer students regarding testing, placement, and<br />

scheduling.<br />

Teaching Assistant, Department of Art History, School of Art, Ohio University. 1987-1988 (main<br />

campus), Summer 1987 (Rome/Florence), Summer 1986 (London). Lecturing and testing in Art History<br />

survey and period-specific courses.<br />

PUBLICATIONS<br />

Sir Anthony Caro: the Emma Series (in-progress, May 2003)<br />

Gardens of Art: The Sculpture Collection of the Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park,<br />

Marquand Books/Wayne State University Press, 2002<br />

2001.<br />

Monumental Elegance: The Sculpture and Drawings of Philip Grausman, Frederik Meijer Gardens,<br />

Richard Hunt: American Visionary, Frederik Meijer Gardens, 2001.<br />

“A Renaissance Approach to Higher Education” Community <strong>College</strong> Journal (1999).<br />

“Andrea del Verrocchio,” Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />

“Pietro Perugino,” Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />

“Perugia,”Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />

“The Umbrian School,”Encyclopedia Americana, 1999.<br />

“Four Paintings by Pietro Perugino,” Proceeds of the Perugino: Master of the Italian<br />

Renaissance Conference (forthcoming: Spring 1998).<br />

“The History of Art and the Community <strong>College</strong>,” Journal of the Association of<br />

Art History, Fall 1997.<br />

Pietro Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance, Rizzoli International, 1997.<br />

A Basic History of Art - An Instructor’s Manual, Prentice-Hall, January 1997.<br />

“The Survey Course in Art History,” (editorial), The Chronicle of Higher Education, vol.<br />

30<br />

30


XLII, #40, June 14, 1996.<br />

Francey, Mary F., Brian Madigan and Joseph P. Becherer, Art History: Instructor’s Manual with<br />

Tests, Volume II, Prentice Hall, 1996.<br />

Francey, Mary F., Brian Madigan and Joseph P. Becherer, Art History: Instructor’s Manual with<br />

Tests, Volume I, Prentice Hall, 1995.<br />

Becherer, Lisa A. and Joseph P. Becherer, Walking through the Landscape: A Guide to 20th Century<br />

Landscape Paintings from the Metropolitan Museum of Art, Grand Rapids Art Museum, 1992.<br />

1990.<br />

Selections from the Collections of the Kinsey Institute, Bloomington, Indiana, the Kinsey Institute,<br />

“Notes on the Collections,” in the New Kinsey Institute Report on Sex: What You Must Know to<br />

be Sexually Literate, St. Martin’s Press, 1990.<br />

Georges Rouault, Images of Suffering, Views of Salvation, M.F.A. Essay, Ohio University, 1989.<br />

What is a Museum?, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, 1989.<br />

IV. HONORS AND AWARDS<br />

Governor’s Special Achievement Award for Art and Culture, for curatorial efforts culiminating in<br />

Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance, 1998.<br />

Jay and Betty Van Andel Foundation, for the development and execution of a major international<br />

exhibition of Renaissance Art, 1996-1998.<br />

1998.<br />

1996.<br />

Burke Porter Foundation, for curatorial endeavors resulting in 1997-1998 Perugino Exhibition, 1996-<br />

National Endowment for the Humanities, for research work as lead scholar<br />

for publication on Pietro Perugino (ca. 1450-1523) and Renaissance Umbria, 1994,<br />

Michigan Humanities Council - Research Grant, for research work as lead scholar for publication on<br />

Pietro Perugino (ca. 1450-1523) and Renaissance Umbria, 1994, 1996.<br />

Who’s Who in the Midwest, inducted 1996.<br />

Who’s Who Among America’s Teacher’s, inducted 1996.<br />

I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, to conduct research and deliver lectures<br />

on Renaissance master, Pietro Perugino and the Umbrian School of Painting, 1995 (Rome, Florence, and<br />

Perugia, Italy), 1996 (Washington D.C., and New York).<br />

Perugia Fellowship, City of Grand Rapids, for development of educational and cultural programming<br />

between the city of Grand Rapids and the Galleria Nazionale’ dell’ Umbria and the Accademia di Belle Arti in<br />

Perugia, 1994.<br />

I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, for the development of a Humanities/Art<br />

History seminar, “the Classical World,” with a Department colleague, through collections research on Hellenistic,<br />

Etruscan and Roman objects in Italian collections, 1994.<br />

31<br />

31


Teaching Excellence Award, State of Michigan, sponsored by Central Michigan<br />

University, 1992-1993.<br />

I.I.P.D. Research Grant, Grand Rapids Community <strong>College</strong>, for research to expand art history courses to<br />

include objects from museum collections in Detroit, Chicago, Cleveland, Washington, New York, and<br />

Atlanta, 1993.<br />

Hope School of Art Research Grant, Indiana University, for archival research on 16th century<br />

decorative programs in Venice, 1991.<br />

Hope School of Art Research Grant, Indiana University, for on-site research of decorative<br />

programs in 15th and 16th century villas of the Veneto, 1990.<br />

Art History Fellowship, Hope School of Art, Indiana University, 1989, 1990, 1991.<br />

Art History Fellowship, School of Art, Ohio University, 1987, 1988.<br />

Outstanding Graduate Student Instructor, Ohio University, 1987-1988.<br />

Scholarship Recipient, School of Art, Ohio University, 1985, 1986, 1987.<br />

Regent’s Scholar Finalist, Ohio Board of Regents, 1987.<br />

P.A.C.E. Research Grant, for the study of decorative programs at Or San Michele and the<br />

Pazzi Chapel, Florence, Italy, 1985.<br />

Mortar Board Honorary Society, inducted 1986.<br />

Omicron Delta Kappa Honorary Society, inducted 1986.<br />

National Dean’s List, 1985, 1986, 1987.<br />

V. ADDRESSES AND PAPERS<br />

“Rodin: Cornerstone of Modern Art”, Frederik Meijer Gardens, January 2001.<br />

“The Emergence of Landscape Painting”, keynote address for the Yale University exhibition<br />

Constable to Canaletto, Grand Rapids Art Museum, October 1999.<br />

1999.<br />

“Michelangelo and Leonardo: Titans of the High Renaissance”, Frederick Meijer Gardens, April<br />

Session Chair and Moderator, Italian Renaissance Art, Mid-West Art History Society, Detroit,<br />

Michigan, March, 1999.<br />

“Divine Visions: Images of Saints and Angels,” Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids Art<br />

Museum, December 1998.<br />

“A Journey from the Early Renaissance to the High Renaissance and the Role of Leonardo da<br />

Vinci,” Dennos Museum of Art, Traverse City, Michigan, March, 1998.<br />

“Three “R’s” for Teaching and Learning in the Post-Modern Era,” Keynote Address, 31st Annual<br />

Liberal <strong>Arts</strong> Network Conference, February, 1998.<br />

32<br />

32


“Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance”<br />

-Italian Cultural Foundation, New York; May, 1997<br />

-Grand Valley Artists, Grand Rapids; May, 1997<br />

-Renaissance Society of America, New York; February, 1997<br />

-Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids; April, 1996<br />

-City of Perugia, Perugia, Italy; July, 1996<br />

-City of Grand Rapids, Grand Rapids; October, 1996.<br />

“Perugino and Workshop in the Cambio”, Collegio del Cambio, Perugia, Italy, July, 1995.<br />

“The Renaissance in Umbria”, Galleria Nazionale dell’ Umbria, Perugia, Italy, July, 1995.<br />

“Women in the Renaissance and Renaissance Women Artists”, Delta Tau Society, Membership<br />

Convention, Canton, Ohio; May, 1995.<br />

“Perugino and Renaissance Umbria”, International Relations Committee, City of Grand Rapids,<br />

Grand Rapids; October, 1994.<br />

“Defining a ‘Corporate Image’ in Architecture”, Grand Rapids Art Museum Grand Rapids;<br />

November, 1994.<br />

“The Nude in Art: Renaissance Florence, Venice, and Rome”,Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand<br />

Rapids, February, 1993.<br />

“Matisse and French Expressionism”, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, Fort Wayne, April, 1990.<br />

“Impressionistic Concerns of the 19th Century”, Fort Wayne Museum of Art, Fort Wayne,<br />

November, 1989.<br />

“The Tomb of Julius II and the Sistine Ceiling”,IUPUI, Fort Wayne; April, 1989.<br />

VI. EXHBITIONS (Recent and In-Progress)<br />

“Picasso: the Artist as Sculptor”, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, opening September 2002.<br />

“Magdalena Abakanowicz: the Skulls”, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, opening October<br />

2002.<br />

“Bound and Entwined: Recent Projects by Claes Oldenburg and Coosje van Bruggen”, Frederik<br />

Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park, (May – August, 2002).<br />

“Rodin: Cornerstone of Modern Sculpture”, Frederick Meijer Gardens (April, 2001 - January, 2002).<br />

“Monumental Elegance: The Sculpture and Drawings of Philip Grausman”,<br />

Frederick Meijer Gardens (June - October 2001) and <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> (September - October 2001).<br />

“Sculptor on Sculpture: The Photographs of Alexander Liberman”, Frederik Meijer Gardens (January<br />

- March 2001).<br />

“Richard Hunt: American Visionary”, Frederick Meijer Gardens (September 2000 - January 2001)<br />

“From Reason to Romance: European Prints and Drawings of the 18th and 19th century”, Grand<br />

Rapids Art Museum, October 1999-January 2000.<br />

33<br />

33


“Divine Visions: Images of Saints and Angels”, Martin D’Arcy Gallery of Art, Loyola University,<br />

Chicago, September-November 1999, Grand Rapids Art Museum, December 1998-March 1999.<br />

“Perugino: Master of the Italian Renaissance”, Grand Rapids Art Museum, November 1997-<br />

February 1998.<br />

VII. MEMBERSHIPS AND AFFILIATIONS<br />

-American Association of Museums<br />

-Association for Art History (Executive Board)<br />

-<strong>College</strong> Art Association<br />

-Grand Rapids Sister Cities International (Executive Board)<br />

-Humanities Council (Grand Rapids chapter)<br />

-Italian Art Society<br />

-Mid-West Art History Society<br />

-Renaissance Society of America<br />

-Very Special <strong>Arts</strong> (Michigan)<br />

VIII. REFERENCES<br />

Marilyn Bradshaw, Professor of Art History, School of Art, Ohio University, 614-594- 3205.<br />

*Jennings House, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, 45701<br />

34<br />

34


David Ebony, Associate Managing Editor, Art in America, 212-941-2846<br />

*575 Broadway, New York, New York, 10012<br />

Marion Gottleib, Assistant Editor: Humanities Division, Prentice-Hall,<br />

201-236-7483.<br />

*One Lake Street, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 07458<br />

Richard Hunt, Sculptor, 773-929-6161<br />

*Richard Hunt Studio, 1017 West Lill Street, New York, New York, 60614<br />

Janet Kennedy, Chair, Department of the History of Art, Distinguished Professor of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>,<br />

Indiana University, 812-855-9556.<br />

*Hope School of Art, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana, 47405<br />

6161.<br />

Hon. John Logie, Mayor, City of Grand Rapids, 616-456-3168.<br />

*300 Monroe, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49503<br />

Morton Lowengrub, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Yeshiva University, 212-960-5217<br />

*500 West 185 th Street, New York, New York, 10033<br />

Arnaldo Pomodoro, Sculptor, 39-02-89401303 (FAX)<br />

*Arnaldo Pomodoro Studio, via Vigevano 5, 20144, Milan, Italy<br />

Claes Oldenburg and Coosje van Bruggen, phone available on request<br />

*c/o 556 Broome Street, New York, New York, 10013<br />

Hon. Peter Secchia, U.S. Ambassador to Italy (1991-1993), and Chairman Universal Corp., 616-364-<br />

*2801 East Beltline, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49506<br />

35<br />

35


Associate Professor of Art<br />

Undergraduate Faculty<br />

Appointed 1993<br />

1. Academic Degrees<br />

DANA ALLYN FREEMAN<br />

Masters of Fine Art University of California, Santa Barbara, Ca. June 1992 photo, drawing, video, installation<br />

Studies in Art Studio (no degree) University of California, Davis, Ca. 1988 drawing, photography<br />

Bachelor of Art Pomona <strong>College</strong>, Claremont, Ca. June 1981 painting, assemblage sculpture<br />

Study of Italian Art History (no degree) Syracuse University, Florence, Italy Fall 1979 Renaissance Art History<br />

2. Professional Experience<br />

1993-present Associate Professor, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

Drawing, photography, video, performance, installation, professionalism, assistant bronze caster.<br />

1990-1992 Teaching Assistant, University of California, Santa Barbara, Ca.<br />

Foundation drawing, lower division photography, advanced photography/new genre, including<br />

installation, performance and video.<br />

1990-1993 Studio Assistant to artist Ann Hamilton.<br />

Nov. 1990 Performance Workshop Instructor, San Jose State University, San Jose, Ca.<br />

1985-1990 Instructor, University of Calif., Davis, Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />

Drawing, painting, ceramics, screen printing, stained glass, copy camera.<br />

1989-90 Interim Manager, U.C. Davis Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />

Developed, implemented and evaluated program for a facility of 12 art/craft studios offering 50+<br />

classes/quarter with an annual budget of $91,000.00.<br />

1985-1989 Assistant Manager, U.C. Davis Craft Center & Gallery, Davis, Ca.<br />

Main information resource for 12 art/craft studios, managed a staff of 30+ students and volunteers,<br />

responsible for all operational details including gallery space.<br />

3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

AT 130 Beginning Drawing 3 semester credits<br />

AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />

AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />

Spring Semester, 2002<br />

36<br />

36


AT 130 Beginning Drawing 3 semester credits<br />

AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />

AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />

Summer, 2002<br />

AT 212 Beginning Photography 3 semester credits<br />

AT 213-218 Intermediate & Advanced Photography 3 semester credits<br />

Recent Guest Lectures<br />

2002 Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art & Design, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

2001 Australian Catholic University, Brisbane, Australia<br />

2000 Cal Poly San Luis Obispo, San Luis Obispo, Ca.<br />

Recent Solo Exhibitions<br />

October 2004 “Shifting Horizon”, in collaboration with artist Carol Jurgens, Buckham Gallery, Flint, Mi.<br />

Sculptural installation with wall murals<br />

May 2002 “Landscape for the Newly Born”, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, Mi.<br />

Photographic and sculptural installation<br />

January 2002 “Landscape for the Newly Born”, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Gallery<br />

Photographic and sculptural installation<br />

Recent Group Exhibitions<br />

March 2001 “<strong>Aquinas</strong> Faculty Exhibit”, Australian Catholic University, Brisbane, Australia<br />

Other Recent Projects<br />

May 2001 Set Design, Actor’s Theater, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

37<br />

37


Kaczmarczyk, Madeline<br />

Senior Lecturer<br />

Undergraduate Faculty<br />

Appointed 1998<br />

1. Academic Degrees<br />

B.A. <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> 2002 Art<br />

2. Professional Experience<br />

1998-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Instructor of Ceramics<br />

2001 Michigan Potters Association conference, Grand Valley University, presenter.<br />

1997 Rockford Michigan Jr. High School ceramic class<br />

1985-1992 Very Special <strong>Arts</strong> Workshops, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

1990 Western Michigan Potters Association Workshop<br />

1988 American Art Clay Workshop,. Indianapolis, In.<br />

1985 Oakland Community <strong>College</strong> Workshop<br />

1980 Michigan Council for the <strong>Arts</strong> Minority Artists Economic Development <strong>Program</strong><br />

Workshop<br />

1977 Thunder Bay Potters Guild Workshop, Ontario, Canada<br />

1975 Calvin <strong>College</strong> Clay Workshop<br />

1975 Artrain Workshop<br />

1974 Grosse Pointe High School, Mi. Ceramic Workshop<br />

1974 Pontiac Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Center Clay Classes<br />

1973 Mercy <strong>College</strong> of Detroit-Clay Demonstration<br />

3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />

Spring Semester, 2001<br />

AT 331,332, 432-436 Ceramics 3 semester units<br />

Fall Semester, 2002<br />

At 331, 332, 432-436 Ceramics 3 semester units<br />

4. Current Professional and Association Memberships Academic<br />

Urban Institute for Contemporary Art<br />

American Craft Council<br />

Michigan Potters Guild<br />

National Association of Independent Artists<br />

5. Current Professional Assignments and Activities (non-teaching)<br />

South University Ann Arbor Art Fair Committee<br />

Personal Exhibition Schedule 2002:<br />

Frederick Meijer Gardens, Western Michigan Ceramics Faculty Exhibit, Grand Rapids, Michigan<br />

Del Mano Gallery, "Hot Tea" , L.A. Ca.<br />

Fountain Street Church, "Mosaic and Tile Show, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

Chiarocaro Gallery, Teapot Show, Chicago, Il.<br />

Alianza Gallery, Teapot Show, Boston, Ma.<br />

Gallery Arcadia, Grand Rapids, Mi.<br />

38<br />

38


6. Publications<br />

Ceramics Monthly, Cover and Portfolio Section, Sept. 1992, pp. 37-44<br />

Traverse Magazine, July 2002 p.67<br />

Creative Ideas for Living, June 1987,pp 14-15<br />

7- Papers Presented<br />

Michigan Potters Association Regional Conference, Grand Valley State University, Oct. 2001<br />

8-Research<br />

A study of low-fire glaze formulas for classroom application without leaded chemicals. In progress. 2001-2002<br />

39<br />

39


KAISER, KURT<br />

1. Academic Degrees<br />

Faculty Data Summary Sheet<br />

Professor of Art<br />

M.F.A. University of Colorado, 1980 Three-dimensional art<br />

B. A. St. John’s University 1967 Art major.<br />

2. Professional Experience<br />

2001-2004 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Art Department Chairperson<br />

1997-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Associate Professor of Art. Began tenure Fall 2001<br />

1990-1997 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Adjunct Professor of Art<br />

1994-1997 Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art and Design, Grand Rapids, Michigan, Adjunct<br />

Professor<br />

1986-1990 University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Associate Professor in Department of<br />

Textiles, Clothing, and Design<br />

1981-1985 North Dakota University, Assistant Professor of Design<br />

1977-1978 University of Colorado, Sculpture Teacher’s Assistant<br />

1968-1971 St. John’s University, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, Instructor of Art<br />

1967-1968 St. John’s Preparatory School, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, Instructor of Art<br />

3. Faculty and Administrative Load<br />

Fall Semester 2001<br />

AT 140 2-D Design (Sections 1&2) 6 semester units<br />

AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 semester units<br />

Art Department Chair 3 semester units<br />

Spring Semester 2002<br />

AT 140 2-D Design 3 semester units<br />

AT 141 3-D Design 3 semester units<br />

Department Chair 3 semester units<br />

C. Other Collegiate Assignments<br />

2001-Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Art Department Chair<br />

4. Current Professional and Academic Association Memberships<br />

*FATE Foundations in Art, Theory, and Education<br />

5. Publications<br />

"The Meditation of Endless Patterns" an article published in Center Point, a publication of the<br />

Catholic Information Center and the Paulist Order in Grand Rapids, winter edition, 1998.<br />

6. Presentations<br />

"Problems with 3-D Problems", a presentation on the 3-D curriculum in the Art Dept. at <strong>Aquinas</strong>,<br />

presented in Boston at the 8th Biennial FATE (Foundations in Art, Theory, and Education)<br />

Conference in Boston, March 2001.<br />

40<br />

40


41<br />

"Originating, Developing, and Evaluating Studio Art Foundations Problems and Projects". Invited<br />

member of a panel of the same title at the Biannual Conference of FATE (Foundations in Art, Theory, and<br />

Education), School of the Chicago Art Institute, Chicago, Illinois, 1990.<br />

"Cornershelves and Other Ancestral Shrines", a video tape of an art installation of the same title,<br />

presented at EDRA 19, the 19th annual conference of the Environmental Design Research<br />

Association, California Polytechnic University, Pomona, California, 1988.<br />

Multicultural Liturgical Music Institute, Panel Member, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> and Marywood, 1997.<br />

7. Art Exhibitions<br />

Master Teachers, an invitational exhibition of the work of sculpture professors of lower West<br />

Michigan, Frederic Meijer Gardens, Spring 2001.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Exhibition at Australian Catholic University, Bisbane, Australia, Spring<br />

2001.<br />

Ancient Images/Modern Expressions: the First Biennial Juried Catholic <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition, St. Vincent<br />

Gallery, Latrobe, PA, March 2001.<br />

One person show, "Kitchen Tables and Other Sacred Altars", Dominican Center at Marywood, Grand<br />

Rapids, Michigan, January, 2001.<br />

Jump Start Your Heart, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1995 &<br />

1999-2001. Invited featured artist, 2000.<br />

Live Coverage, Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI, 1998, 1999.<br />

The Fall of the House of Usher Exhibition, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand Rapids,<br />

Michigan, 1998.<br />

In a Renaissance Garden (invitational, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids Michigan, 1997.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Annual Faculty Shows, 1990-2002.<br />

Seats on Show (invitational), Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1993.<br />

Celebration, A Festival of Religious Art (juried), First United Methodist Church, Grand Rapids,<br />

Michigan, 1993.<br />

Assemblage, one-person exhibition, Art and Music Center Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1993.<br />

Festival 1993 (juried), Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />

Festival 1991 (juried). (Received jurors' award.)<br />

Greater Midwest International Exhibition 1990 (juried), Central Missouri State University,<br />

Warrensburg. Missouri.<br />

Fred Wells Central Time Zone Juried Exhibition 1990, Elder Gallery, Nebraska Wesleyan University,<br />

Lincoln, Nebraska.<br />

Allied Artists of America, Inc. 76th Annual Juried Exhibition, Artists' Club, New York, New York<br />

1989.<br />

Dodge City 14th Annual Art Exhibition (national, juried), Dodge City, Kansas, 1989 (honorable<br />

mention).<br />

Sioux City Art Association 49th Competition (regional, juried), Sioux City, Iowa, 1989.<br />

41


42<br />

Wichita National '89 (juried), Wichita Art Association, Wichita, Kansas.<br />

Divine Line (national, juried), Galeria Mesa, Arizona, 1989.<br />

Fiberart '89 International (juried), Pittsburgh Center for the <strong>Arts</strong>, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.<br />

Nebraska Crafts Council 9 (regional), Museum of Nebraska Art, Kearney, Nebraska, 1989.<br />

Topeka Competition 13 (regional), Gallery of Fine <strong>Arts</strong>, Topeka, Kansas, 1989.<br />

Central Time Zone Sculpture Exhibition (invitational), Nebraska Wesleyan University,<br />

Lincoln, Nebraska, 1988.<br />

Nebraska Educators' Show (juried), Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1987 (award).<br />

Farm Crisis Outdoor Sculpture Exhibit (invitational), Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1987.<br />

Wichita National Decorative <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition (juried). Wichita Art Association, Wichita,<br />

Kansas, 1985.<br />

Twenty-sixth Midwestern Annual Invitational, Roark Gallery and Plains Art Museum,<br />

Moorhead, Minnesota, 1985.<br />

One person show, "Cornershelves and Other Ancestral Shrines", Plains Art Museum,<br />

Moorhead, Minnesota, 1985.<br />

One-person show, Benedicta <strong>Arts</strong> Center, <strong>College</strong> of St. Benedict, St. Joseph, Minnesota,<br />

1982.<br />

Two person show, 80 Langton Street (currently called New Langton <strong>Arts</strong>), San Francisco.<br />

California, 1982.<br />

Three person show, Boulder Center for the <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong>, Boulder, Colorado, 1981.<br />

"Art '81" (juried, regional), Boulder Center for the <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (jurors' choice award).<br />

"Site Specific Instillation (sic)" (invitational), Boulder Art Center), Boulder, Colorado, 1979.<br />

"Art '79" (juried, regional), Boulder Art Center, (Spivak's Art<br />

Hardware Award).<br />

"Sculpture" (invitational), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />

Seventeenth Boulder Art Association Regional (juried), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />

Colorado Liturgical <strong>Arts</strong> Society Traveling Exhibition (regional, juried), Agape Gallery,<br />

Denver, Colorado, 1977.<br />

Boulder Art Association Annual Exhibit (regional, juried) Boulder, Colorado, 1974.<br />

One person show, St. John's University Art Gallery, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, 1969.<br />

"Art '79" (juried, regional), Boulder Art Center, (Spivak's Art<br />

Hardware Award).<br />

"Sculpture" (invitational), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />

Seventeenth Boulder Art Association Regional (juried), Boulder Art Center, 1978.<br />

Colorado Liturgical <strong>Arts</strong> Society Traveling Exhibition (regional, juried), Agape Gallery,<br />

Denver, Colorado, 1977.<br />

Boulder Art Association Annual Exhibit (regional, juried) Boulder, Colorado, 1974.<br />

One person show, St. John's University Art Gallery, <strong>College</strong>ville, Minnesota, 1969.<br />

42


Faculty Data Sheet<br />

Miller, Marie Celeste, Ph.D.<br />

Associate Professor of Art<br />

Appointed, 1986<br />

1. Academic Degrees:<br />

Ph.D., Emory University, 1983<br />

M.A., Middlebury <strong>College</strong>, l976<br />

B.A., <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, 1968<br />

2. Professional Experience:<br />

1985 – Present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1984 – 1985 Centre <strong>College</strong>, Assistant Professor of Art<br />

1983 – 1984 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Visiting Assistant Professor of Art<br />

1977 – 1978 Gaylord, Michigan, High School English Teacher<br />

1966 – 1977 Saginaw, Michigan, High School English Teacher<br />

3. Faculty Load: 2001 – 2002<br />

Fall Semester:<br />

AT 150 ( Sec 1) Art Survey I 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 150 ( Sec 2) Art Survey I 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 350 Van Gogh to Picasso ( Modern 1) 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 Sem Hrs<br />

Spring Semester:<br />

AT 151 ( Sec 1) Art Survey II 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 151 ( Sec 2) Art Survey II 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 351 Dali Through Abstraction (Modern 2) 3 Sem Hrs<br />

AT 161 Art Appreciation 3 Sem Hrs<br />

Other Collegiate Assignments, 2001 – 2002<br />

Director of Art Department Slide Library<br />

Member, Technology Council<br />

Member, <strong>College</strong> Admissions Committee<br />

Academic Advisor<br />

8. Research and Study:<br />

During the last several years, I have focused on two areas of study: one involving<br />

development of course content, and the other on the integration of technology into the courses<br />

and mastering a new delivery system, distance learning on the World Wide Web.<br />

In my formal education in Art History, there was never an opportunity to study the art of nonwestern<br />

cultures. I have acquired an introductory knowledge of the art of some of the Asian<br />

cultures and have gained some very basic understandings of some African work.<br />

I have taken workshops through ALN, LERN and course work through Michigan Virtual<br />

University, their Master Online Instructor Training. These, as well as other informal training<br />

opportunities, have prepared me for teaching the Art Appreciation course on the web.<br />

43<br />

43


RESUME<br />

RON PEDERSON<br />

235 HAMPTON SE<br />

GRAND RAPIDS, MI 49506<br />

616-458-3354<br />

PERSONAL<br />

Born Sept. 18, 1947, Willmar, MN, Married to Miriam Pederson,<br />

two children, Ben and Madeline.<br />

EDUCATION<br />

M.F.A. 1977 University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Sculpture.<br />

B.A. 1969. Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />

TEACHING AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE<br />

2004- Art Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1996-2001 Coordinator, Art and Music Division, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

1994-2001 Art Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1992-present Professor of Art, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1992,94,99 Resident Faculty/Director, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Semester in Ireland<br />

program, Tully Cross, County Galway, Ireland.<br />

1989-1991 Assoc. Professor of Art, Department Chairman, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1987-1989 Assoc. Professor of Art, Department Co-chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong>.<br />

1982-1987 Asst. Professor of Art, Department Chairperson, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1982 Asst. Professor of Art, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1977-1981 Instructor of Art, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1975-1977 Teaching Associate, University of Minnesota, Mpls, MN.<br />

1974-1975 Teaching Assistant, Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />

EXHIBITIONS<br />

2004 “Evidence of Things Unseen,” a collaborative exhibition of<br />

sculpture and poetry, with poet Miriam Pederson, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, MI<br />

2002 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

2001 “Master Teachers,” Frederik Meijer Gardens Gallery, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Exhibition at Australian Catholic University, Bisbane,<br />

Australia.<br />

Annual Collegiate Exhibition, Urban Institute for Contemporary<br />

Art(UICA), Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Two Person exhibit. Cascade Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

2000 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

“Death Matters,” UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1999 Sculpture Invitational, Overbrook Art Gallery, Muskegon<br />

Community <strong>College</strong>, Muskegon, MI.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibit, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1998 “Flashback, Flashforward,” UICA, Grand Rapids.<br />

44<br />

44


45<br />

“Celebration 98,”First United Methodist Church, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

Rankin Center Gallery, Ferris State University, Big Rapids, MI.<br />

Sculpture/Poetry Collaboration w/ M.Pederson.<br />

1997 "Double Take," <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>,Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Sculpture/Poetry collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />

“Enduring Conversations," UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Sculpture/Poetry collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />

1995 "Jump Start Your Heart" ULCA annual group exhibition,<br />

Underground Studio, Grand Rapids MI<br />

"The Heavens," <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> AMC gallery. Group exhibition<br />

including collaborative work done with physicist Charles<br />

Frydrych.<br />

1995 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Foster Planet Walk project. Art/Science<br />

collaboration and permanent installation with Charles Frydrych,<br />

Nancy Hart, and Jen Zimmerman, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

"Jump Start Your Heart" UICA annual group exhibition,<br />

Underground Studio, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Two person exhibition, with Tim Van Laar, Trinity <strong>College</strong>, Palos<br />

Heights, IL.<br />

"The West of Ireland," Grand Rapids Dominican Center Gallery,<br />

Grand Rapids, MI. Collaboration with Miriam Pederson.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

Festival 95 Competition, VanAndel City Museum, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

1994 <strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

Sculpture Invitational, T.C.Downtown Gallery,<br />

Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1993 Michigan Annual XXI, The Art Center, Mt. Clemens, MI.<br />

Regional Competitive Exhibition, Lowell Area <strong>Arts</strong> Council,<br />

Lowell, MI.<br />

Designers Showcase Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Festival 93 Competition, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1992 Sixth Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />

Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1991 Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Two Exhibitions: a gallery<br />

artists' group show and a three-person show.<br />

Greenville <strong>College</strong>, Greenville, IL. Two-person exhibition of<br />

sculpture and poetry, with Miriam Pederson.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1990 Artist-generated Dolls Invitational, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Designers Showcase Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Two-person show.<br />

1989 "The Adding We Do In Our Sleep," Two-person exhibition of<br />

poetry and sculpture, with Miriam Pederson (sabbatical show),<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

Hefner Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI. Group show.<br />

45


46<br />

Third Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />

Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1988 Second Annual Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, International Art<br />

Galleries, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Sculpture Invitational, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1987 Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, City Art Gallery, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

Two Faculty Exhibitions(spring and fall), <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1986 Asbury <strong>College</strong>, Wilmore, KY. Two person show with<br />

Tim Van Laar.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, AMC Gallery, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1985 "Hot Stuff" Invitational Bronze Exhibition, DePree Art Center<br />

Gallery, Hope <strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />

6th Annual Michigan Competition, Battle Creek Art Center, Battle<br />

Creek, MI.<br />

1983 Designers Showcase Sculpture Exhibition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Springfest Exhibition, Grand Rapids Art Museum, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Faculty Exhibition, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

"Four Artists, Four Media," City Art Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

National "Chairs" Competition and Traveling Exhibition:<br />

Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, MI, Virginia McCune<br />

Art Center, Petosky, MI, Jessie Besser Museum, Alpena, MI, Old<br />

Town Center, Traverse City, MI, Birmingham/Bloomfield Art<br />

Association, Birmingham, MI, William Bonfas Fine <strong>Arts</strong> Center,<br />

Escanaba, MI.<br />

Michigan Sculptors Invitational, Overbrook Art<br />

Gallery, Muskegon Community <strong>College</strong>, Muskegon, MI.<br />

Outdoor Sculpture Invitational, Festival 1983, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1982 Competitive Exhibition, Battle Creek Art Center, Battle Creek,<br />

MI.<br />

"Small Works" group show, Race Street Gallery, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

Festival 1982 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Hope <strong>College</strong> Outdoor Sculpture Competition and Exhibition,<br />

Holland, MI. Finalist.<br />

1981 Solo show, Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Gallery, Central Michigan University,<br />

Mt. Pleasant, MI.<br />

Solo show, Spring Arbor <strong>College</strong>, Spring Arbor, MI.<br />

Festival Invitational Exhibition, Gallery Luisa, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Old Mill Art Invitational, Holland, MI.<br />

Festival 1981 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1980 "National Sculpture 80", Competition and Traveling Exhibition:<br />

McKissick Museum, University of Southern Carolina, Columbia,<br />

SC, Ashville Museum, Ashville, NC, Huntsville Museum of Art,<br />

Huntsville, AL, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL, Auburn<br />

University, Auburn, AL, Clemson University, Clemson, SC.<br />

All Michigan Drawing Show, Central Michigan University, Mt.<br />

Pleasant, MI.<br />

46


47<br />

Michigan <strong>College</strong> Faculty Competition, University of Michigan,<br />

Flint, MI.<br />

Festival 1980 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Michigan Artists 80/81, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />

Two person-show with Tim Van Laar, Muskeqon Museum of Art,<br />

Muskeqon, MI.<br />

1979 Group show, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Calvin Faculty Show, Hope <strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />

Artforms Gallery, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

1978 Grand Rapids Blood Center, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Sculpture On and Off the Plaza, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Festival 1978 Competition, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Art Faculty Exhibition, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />

Group Show, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />

Solo show, Bethel <strong>College</strong>, St. Paul, MN.<br />

1977 Group show, UICA, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Invitational Exhibition, Grand Valley State <strong>College</strong>s, Allendale,<br />

MI.<br />

MFA Thesis Exhibition, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,<br />

MN.<br />

RELATED PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE<br />

2003 Awarded Sabbatical leave and materials grant to work on<br />

sculpture, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

2002 Juror and Lecturer on Sculpture, Grand Valley Artist Association,<br />

Grand Rapids, MI<br />

2001 Lecturer on Sculpture, Frederik Meijer Gardens, Grand Rapids.<br />

2000 Juror, Michigan Education Association Annual High School<br />

Competitive Exhibition, Lansing, MI.<br />

1999 Juror and Lecturer on Art, Grand Valley Artist Association, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

Interview (with Miriam Pederson) on Connemara Community<br />

Radio on the subject of our sculpture and poetry collaborations.<br />

1998 Lecturer on Sculpture and Poetry collaboration, Rankin Center<br />

Gallery, Ferris State University, Big Rapids, MI.<br />

Awarded year-long sabbatical leave to create sculpture, <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong>.<br />

1996 Juror, South Haven <strong>Arts</strong> Council Annual High School<br />

Competitive Exhibition, South Haven, MI.<br />

Member, Frey Foundation Public Art Advisory Group, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

1995 Visiting Artist, Grand Rapids Christian High School, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

Juror, Newago School District Art Competition, Newago, MI.<br />

1994-6 Member, International Sculpture Center, Washington, DC.<br />

1993 Visiting Artist, Creston Christian School, Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

Juror, Western Michigan University Annual Student Exhibition,<br />

Kalamazoo, MI.<br />

Lecturer: "Art and the Jurying Process", Western Michigan<br />

University, Kalamazoo, MI.<br />

47


48<br />

Lecturer on Art, Grand Valley Artists' Association, Grand Rapids,<br />

MI.<br />

Visiting Scholar, Schoenhal Fine Art Symposium, Greenville<br />

<strong>College</strong>, IL, Delivered two lectures and participated in a-seminar<br />

on artistic collaboration.<br />

Director of Exhibitions, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Dept.<br />

1990 Awarded an <strong>Aquinas</strong> Faculty Development Grant to publish<br />

poetry/sculpture chapbook.<br />

1988 Awarded a spring semester 1989 sabbatical leave from <strong>Aquinas</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong> to create sculpture.<br />

1986-87 Art Reviewer, The Grand Rapids Press.<br />

Member, Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong> Group, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />

Member, International Sculpture Center.<br />

1986 Lecturer on Sculpture, Asbury <strong>College</strong>, Wilmore, KY.<br />

1985-86 Member, <strong>Program</strong> Committee, Grand Rapids Art Museum.<br />

Advisory Board Member, UICA.<br />

1984-86 <strong>Aquinas</strong>' representative to the Grand Rapids <strong>Arts</strong> Council.<br />

1981-82 Director of Exhibitions, Calvin <strong>College</strong>.<br />

1981 Visiting Lecturer on Sculpture, Spring Arbor <strong>College</strong>, Spring<br />

Arbor, MI.<br />

Participant, National Sculpture 1981 Invitational Slide Exhibition,<br />

sponsored by the Southern Assn. of Sculptors.<br />

Juror, Hispanic Art Competition, First United Methodist Church,<br />

Holland MI.<br />

1980 Article: "Kipp at Calvin," Spark Magazine, Grand Rapids, MI,<br />

May 1980 (subject: the sculptor Lyman Kipp).<br />

Art Curriculum Consultant, Northwestern <strong>College</strong> Art<br />

Department, Orange City, IA<br />

1979 Article: "In Defense of 'Enfant Terrible'," Grand Rapids Press,<br />

June 1979.<br />

Visiting lecturer on Sculpture and Juror of two shows, Hope<br />

<strong>College</strong>, Holland, MI.<br />

1977-79 Resident Artist, Urban Institute for Contemporary Art, Grand<br />

Rapids, MI.<br />

48


EDUCATION:<br />

SHARON SANDBERG<br />

2731 Cascade Springs Drive SE<br />

Grand Rapids, Michigan 49456<br />

(616) 942-6310<br />

Université d’Aix-Marseilles III<br />

Insititute d’ Etudes Francaise pour Etudiantes<br />

Etrangers, Aix-en-Provence, France<br />

1987 M.F.A University of Michigan<br />

Ann Arbor, Michigan<br />

1980 B.F.A. Grand Valley State University<br />

Allendale, Michigan<br />

1978 Slade School of Fine Art<br />

University <strong>College</strong>, London, England<br />

G.V.S.U. Summer <strong>Program</strong><br />

JURY PANELS AND BOARDS<br />

1993 Jury Panelist for FY94 <strong>Visual</strong> Fellowship Awards, South Carolina <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Commission<br />

(Three person “out of state” panel.)<br />

1992-1996 Appointed Member, Alumni Society of Governors, School of Art,<br />

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. (Elected President, 1996)<br />

1988-1990 Elected to Advisory Board for Ongoing Michigan Artist <strong>Program</strong><br />

(OMAP), Detroit Institute of Art.<br />

PROFESSIONAL LECTURES<br />

2001 Slide Lecture for Grand Valley Artists, February.<br />

2000 “Traveling the World for Art’s Sake”, LaFontsee Gallery Talk Series.<br />

1998 “A Sense of Things”, Gallery talk for docents. The Grand Rapids Art<br />

Museum, April<br />

1997 “Is There Still Life?” with Mary Brecht Stephenson, slide<br />

lecture/luncheon. The Plymouth Art Center, Plymouth, Michigan.<br />

November.<br />

49<br />

49


Visiting Artist, Slide lecture, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />

October.<br />

1994 Slide-lecture, “A Closer Look: the poetry of silence”, <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>,<br />

Grand Rapids,<br />

Michigan, October.<br />

Invited as Panel Participant, Career Pathways in Art Seminar for BFA<br />

Undergraduates, School of Art, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.<br />

February.<br />

1995 “Still Life Influences,” Brown Bag Series, School of Art, University of<br />

Michigan, Ann Arbor.<br />

August.<br />

1993 “Arrangement and Metaphor,” Lecture for Docents, Kalamazoo Institute<br />

of <strong>Arts</strong>, January.<br />

1991 Slide-lecture for Lakeland Painters group, Grand Haven, Michigan.<br />

1990 Artist Dialogue: “The Still-Lifes of Sharon Sandberg,” Lecture for Grand<br />

Rapids Art Museum.<br />

1987 Gallery Talk, South Bend Art Center, Indiana.<br />

HONORS AND AWARDS:<br />

1996 Merit Award, “27 th Annual <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition, Festival ‘96”, Grand<br />

Rapids Art Museum,<br />

Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />

1987 Jean Paul Slusser Award Finalist, University of Michigan (Juried by<br />

School of Art Faculty).<br />

Was one of two graduate students chosen as a finalist out of 2 nd year<br />

M.F.A. candidates in Scholarship Exhibition.<br />

HONORS AND AWARDS: (cont.)<br />

1987 (cont.) University of Michigan Rackham Fellowship<br />

1987 Painting Award, State-wide Competition, Art Center of Battle Creek,<br />

Battle Creek,<br />

Michigan.<br />

1986 University of Michigan, School of Art Scholarship.<br />

1980 FMB Lumberman’s Bank Award – Painting, “53 rd Annual West Michigan<br />

Regional”,<br />

Muskegon Museum of Art, Muskegon, Michigan.<br />

50<br />

50


TEACHING EXPERIENCE:<br />

1997-present Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, PAINTING,<br />

DESIGN, and DRAWING.<br />

1994 Visiting Professor, School of Art, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,<br />

SUMMER PAINTING<br />

WORKSHOP, August.<br />

1989-1996 Adjunct Faculty, Grand Valley State University, 2-DIMENSIONAL<br />

DESIGN, INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING, INTERMEDIATE<br />

DRAWING.<br />

1988 Adjunct Faculty, Kendall <strong>College</strong> of Art & Design, BASIC DESIGN.<br />

1985-1986 Teaching Assistant, University of Michigan, School of Art, BASIC<br />

DRAWING I and II,<br />

COLOR THEORY and LIFE DRAWING.<br />

EXHIBITIONS (Selected):<br />

ONE PERSON, TWO PERSON & THREE PERSON EXHIBITIONS:<br />

2000 Ferris State University, Rankin Center Gallery, “Don Kerr and Sharon<br />

Sandberg, Still Life and<br />

Figure Painting”, Two person exhibition. November.<br />

Saginaw Art Museum, “Sharon Sandberg, Paintings from the Nineties to<br />

the Present”.<br />

SOLO EXHIBITION, October-November.<br />

LaFontsee Galleries, “Points of View”, Three person exhibit, (Dellas<br />

Henke, Ivan Fortushnik),<br />

Grand Rapids, MI. April-June.<br />

1998 The Grand Rapids Art Museum, “Sharon Sandberg: The Essential Still<br />

Life”, SOLO EXHIBITION.<br />

March, April, and May.<br />

1997 Plymouth Art Center, Community <strong>Arts</strong> Council, Two person exhibition.<br />

“Is There Still Life?”<br />

(Mary Stephenson), Plymouth, MI, October.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Faculty Show, Three person<br />

exhibit, (Dana Freeman, Kurt Kaiser, Sharon Sandberg.) November-<br />

December.<br />

1997 LaFontsee Galleries, “Still Fresh”, Two person exhibit, (Patricia<br />

Hendricks), Grand Rapids, MI.<br />

May-June.<br />

51<br />

51


1996 Kingston University, Knights Park Gallery, “Works On Paper”.<br />

Two person show: (Don Kerr),<br />

Kingston upon Thames (London), England. November.<br />

Creekside Studios, Deptford, London, England. Art in Perpetuity Trust:<br />

“Open Studios” exhibition. Two person show: Sandberg/Kerr.<br />

September.<br />

1995 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, “A Closer Look: the poetry of silence”, Grand Rapids,<br />

Michigan, SOLO<br />

EXHIBITION. September-October.<br />

1993 Krasl Art Center, St. Joseph, Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION. October-<br />

November.<br />

Center Art Gallery, Calvin <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan.<br />

“Objectification’s,” A still life invitational featuring Ilene Curtis, Sharon<br />

Sandberg and Carol VermEulen. October-November.<br />

ONE PERSON, TWO PERSON & THREE PERSON EXHIBITIONS: (cont.)<br />

1992-1993 Kalamazoo Institute of <strong>Arts</strong>, Kalamazoo, Michigan. “Arrangement and<br />

Metaphor: Extending the Still Life Tradition”, Two person show:<br />

Sandberg/Curtis. December-February.<br />

1991 Hefner Galleries, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Three person show:<br />

Everhart/Pederson/Sandberg.<br />

October-November.<br />

1990 Sazama Gallery, Chicago, Illinois. SOLO EXHIBITION. September.<br />

Hefner Galleries, Grand Rapids, Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION. April-<br />

May.<br />

1989 Keeler Gallery, Fountain Street Church, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Two<br />

person: Kerr/Sandberg.<br />

1988 Frauenthal Center, Bettye Clark-Cannon Gallery, Muskegon, Michigan.<br />

“Inside-Outside,”<br />

Mayer/Overvoorde/Sandberg.<br />

1987 South Bend Art Center, W.A.L Gallery, South Bend, Indiana. Two<br />

person: Ruffe/Sandberg.<br />

Slusser Gallery, University of Michigan, School of Art, Ann Arbor,<br />

Michigan. Master of Fine <strong>Arts</strong> Exhibition.<br />

52<br />

52


53<br />

1986 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Two person. Kerr/Sandberg.<br />

1985 Creative <strong>Arts</strong> Gallery, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant,<br />

Michigan. SOLO EXHIBITION.<br />

1983 Urban Institute for Contemporary <strong>Arts</strong>, Race Street Gallery, Grand<br />

Rapids, Michigan. Two person show<br />

in conjunction with Stage 3 production of one-act plays. Ruffe/Sandberg.<br />

53


SCHOUSEN, STEPHEN, M.F.A.<br />

Professor of Art<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1. Academic Degrees<br />

M.F.A. University of Massachusetts 1982 Printmaking<br />

B.A Marietta <strong>College</strong> 1977 Art<br />

Teaching Certification Marietta <strong>College</strong> 1978<br />

2. Professional Experience<br />

1982-present <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> studio<br />

instructor<br />

1980-1982 University of Massachusetts teaching<br />

assistant<br />

1981 studio assistant to Alfred Leslie<br />

1979-1980 Wood County Schools, Parkersburg ,W.Va. teacher<br />

3. Faculty Load<br />

Fall Semester, 2002<br />

AT 130 Basic Drawing I<br />

3 semester hours<br />

AT 340 Printmaking 3<br />

semester hours<br />

AT 111 Art for Non-Majors 3<br />

semester hours<br />

Spring Semester, 2002<br />

AT 131 Basic Drawing II<br />

3 semester hours<br />

AT 201 Figure Drawing<br />

3 semester hours<br />

AT 340 Printmaking 3<br />

semester hours<br />

Other Collegiate Assignments, 2002<br />

Committee On Studies Sp. 02<br />

Advisory Council on General Education F. 02<br />

4. Current Professional and Academic Association Memberships<br />

<strong>College</strong> Art Association<br />

5. Selected Exhibitions<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Faculty Show 2002<br />

Group Show, LaFontsee Gallery 2002<br />

Group Faculty Exhibition, Brisbane Australia 2001<br />

54<br />

54


6. Research<br />

Imagery created with four plate, color intaglio process<br />

Continued development of graphite drawings.<br />

7. Gallery Association<br />

LaFontsee Gallery<br />

Grand Rapids Michigan<br />

55<br />

55


ART DEPARTMENT COURSE SYLLABI<br />

56<br />

56


AT 130 Basic Drawing I Steve Schousen<br />

8:00-10:50 TF Office – AMC 134<br />

Fall 2001 Ext. 3427 or home 454-2729<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This is a studio art course that will focus on drawing from observed life and on the development of<br />

traditional drawing skills and design. We will work towards developing a sensitivity to form, materials and<br />

design that is responsive to the unique visual properties of the subject. Exploration of materials will also<br />

constitute an important part if this course. While you are not expected to master each of the materials<br />

introduced this semester, your work should reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in each.<br />

GOALS<br />

1. To provide the student with an opportunity to engage in visual problem solving using a variety of 2dimensional<br />

black and white media.<br />

2. To provide the student with a general knowledge of academic drawing.<br />

3. To encourage the student to become increasingly sensitive to the visual qualities of their environment.<br />

At the end of this course the student will be able to:<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

1. Prepare a portfolio of drawings demonstrating mastery of issues covered.<br />

2. Demonstrate competency in his/her ability to draw from life (using plumb lines and measuring).<br />

3. Create a convincing 3-dimensional illusion using line only.<br />

4. Create a convincing 3-dimensional illusion using graded tone only.<br />

5. Demonstrate mastery of 1 and 2 point linear perspective.<br />

6. Demonstrate how atmosphere perspective can control the illusion of 3-dimensions.<br />

7. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />

8. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />

9. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles with the drawing process.<br />

10. Demonstrate familiarity with the following drawing materials: pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, and ink<br />

wash.<br />

REQUIREMENTS<br />

1. Excellent attendance. (see attendance policy).<br />

2. Participation in all class exercises, textbooks discussions, and critiques.<br />

3. Satisfactory completion of all drawing assignments.<br />

4. Completion of all homework assignments.<br />

5. Portfolio. A portfolio of all drawings completed during the semester must be submitted on<br />

December 14. In anticipation of that need, please do not roll your drawings as this makes them<br />

impossible to spread out and view. Use a flat portfolio (homemade or purchased) to transport your<br />

drawings to and from class, and use your assigned flat file drawer to store them in the drawing<br />

room.<br />

6. Writing assignment. Each week during the first eight weeks of class, you will be assigned a<br />

master drawing to copy. A written analysis of the composition and the artists’ use of materials<br />

must also be turned in with the copy.<br />

GRADING PERCENTAGES<br />

60% quality and craftsmanship of finished drawings and final portfolio contents<br />

20% homework<br />

10% participation in critiques and discussions<br />

10% writing assignments<br />

57<br />

57


attendance ( see attendance policy).<br />

GRADING<br />

The following factors are considered when evaluating work:<br />

1. Acquisition of drawing skills (60%)<br />

This semester, we will work with a number of design issues, traditional drawing methods and new<br />

drawing media. Your effort should be sufficient to demonstrate mastery of these methods,<br />

materials, and design issues. This means that you will occasionally need to put in extra time and<br />

rework some of your assignments. Simply completing all of the assigned projects does not insure<br />

a passing grade in this course. Shape analysis, line variation and shading are three key skills for<br />

you to concentrate on this semester.<br />

2. Homework (20%)<br />

Expect to put in 5 (five) hours per week outside of class time.<br />

3. Participation (10%)<br />

4. Writing Assignments (10%)<br />

5. Attendance (see attendance policy)<br />

ATTENDANCE POLICY<br />

Department policy states: "absences in excess of five will result in an automatic no credit." Further, more<br />

than three absences will result in a lower grade.<br />

Do not come late to this class. Discussions, examples, slides and directions are frequently presented during<br />

the first 15 minutes of each class. The instructor reserves the right to consider absent anyone who is more<br />

than 10 minutes late.<br />

DO NOT COPY PHOTOGRAPHS IN THIS CLASS!!<br />

NO CARTOONS IN THIS CLASS!!<br />

MATERIALS<br />

Paper:<br />

1- 18x24 newsprint pad<br />

1- 18x24 pad Strathmore 400<br />

18x24 charcoal paper - white, gray and black as needed<br />

Pencils:<br />

1 - 2H, 1-2B, 1-HB<br />

color pencils: 1-black, 1-white, 1-gray<br />

58<br />

58


Charcoal:<br />

1 - package vine charcoal<br />

compressed charcoal<br />

Conte crayons: 1-black, 1-white<br />

Erasers:<br />

1-synthetic pink pearl<br />

1-kneaded<br />

Ink, Brushes and Pens:<br />

1 - holder<br />

2 - pen tips<br />

1 - bottle of India ink<br />

1 - small and 1-large brush (Japanese brushes work well)<br />

3 - jars with lids<br />

Assorted:<br />

masking tape<br />

ruler or yard stick<br />

spray fixative<br />

sandpaper<br />

pencil sharpener<br />

59<br />

59


OUTLINE OF CLASSES AND ASSIGNMENTS<br />

8/28 class: orientation/supplies<br />

8/31 class: blind contour<br />

homework: due 9/7<br />

copy: Hockney<br />

-3, 10min blind contour drawings<br />

-3, 20 min contour drawings of a cut flower<br />

-1, 60 min contour drawing of a cut flower w/ eraser corrections<br />

9/4 no class (Labor Day)<br />

9/7 class: contour<br />

homework: due 9/14<br />

- copy: Dine<br />

-3, 10 min. blind self portraits<br />

-1, 60 min. contour drawing self portrait<br />

-2, 45 min. tree trunk studies<br />

9/11 class: contour tree trunks / in-process critique<br />

9/14 class: negative space<br />

homework: due 9/21<br />

-copy: Demuth<br />

-1, 60 min neg. space drawing<br />

-1, 1-2 hr. drawing pos and neg space drawing<br />

9/18 class: measuring, angles, proportions<br />

9/21 class: measuring, angles, proportions<br />

homework: due 9/28<br />

-copy: Morandi<br />

-1, 60 min still life horizon line in middle of still life<br />

-1, 60 min drawing horizon above of still life<br />

9/25 class: cross contour<br />

9/28 class: cross contour<br />

homework: due 10/5<br />

-copy: Kollowitz<br />

-2 hour self-portrait w/cross contour<br />

-2 hour drawing cloth and fruit using cross contour<br />

10/2 class: straight line drawing<br />

10/5 class: perspective<br />

homework: due 10/12<br />

-copy: Van Gogh<br />

-2 drawings of a chair, (1 in 1 pt. perspective and 1 in 2 pt. perspective)<br />

10/9 class: perspective<br />

10/12 class: perspective<br />

10/16-10/19: Your assignment during this week- in class and homework- is to create a drawing<br />

that sums up what you have learned so far, a midterm project. Subject matter will be your choice but<br />

remember that you are to work on this drawing in class and during your homework time. This drawing<br />

should demonstrate mastery of the issues covered so far.<br />

60<br />

60


10/23 no class (mid term break)<br />

10/26 no class (mid term break)<br />

10/30 class: value scales, pencil and charcoal<br />

11/2 class: three tone images<br />

homework: due 11/9<br />

-1, three tone image<br />

-1, three tone image evolved into many tones<br />

11/6 class: three tone image<br />

11/9 class: toned sphere<br />

homework: due 11/16<br />

-toned sphere<br />

11/13 class: toned sphere<br />

11/16 class: ink wash<br />

homework: due 11/23<br />

-interior<br />

11/20 class: ink wash<br />

11/23 class: eraser drawings<br />

homework: due 11/30<br />

-self portrait in charcoal<br />

11/27 no class (Thanksgiving)<br />

11/30 class: eraser drawings<br />

12/4 class: drapery<br />

12/7 class: drapery<br />

12/11 class: drapery<br />

12/14 class: last class and critique<br />

-finish up and turn in portfolios<br />

12/17-21: individual critiques<br />

61<br />

61


This course AT 130 Basic Drawing I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and<br />

the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement<br />

instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own<br />

classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and<br />

learning.<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes<br />

2.2.3 techniques.<br />

2.2.5 social functions.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork<br />

and the artwork of others.<br />

62<br />

62


AT 131<br />

Steve Schousen<br />

Basic Drawing II<br />

AMC 134<br />

Spring ’02 ext.3427 (H) 454-2729<br />

Course Description<br />

This semester we will concentrate on creating a limited number of finished<br />

drawings, on exploring a variety of drawing materials and on critiquing and<br />

reworking the drawings as they progress. I have broken the semester down<br />

into eight units of two weeks each. Each unit will center on a particular<br />

subject mater and we will explore the subject with a variety of materials and<br />

approaches. Each unit will culminate in a finished drawing, (occasionally<br />

two or three), that represents two weeks of work. Working critiques will be<br />

held at least once per unit and the evolution of the drawing and the final<br />

image should reflect consideration of issues raised in these discussions.<br />

A typical unit will progress something like this:<br />

Day 1. Introduction of drawing material, introduction of subject<br />

matter, initial experiments with materials and subject.<br />

Day 2. Continued experimentation, critique of initial drawings and<br />

ideas, start of finished drawing<br />

Day 3. Working session on finished drawing, group critique of work<br />

in progress.<br />

Day 4. Working session.<br />

Each two-week project will be graded and I will keep track of the following<br />

information:<br />

1. Experimentation<br />

2. Compositional interest<br />

3. Understanding of basic skills<br />

4. <strong>Visual</strong> interest<br />

5. Grade at critique<br />

Successful completion of these drawings requires confidence in the skills<br />

presented last semester. While I don’t expect you to have mastered all of<br />

them I do hope that you are familiar with things like perspective, blind<br />

contour and shading and that you can work independently on your drawings.<br />

Realize that all of the skills introduced last semester will continue to develop<br />

as you work toward completion of these drawings.<br />

63<br />

63


64<br />

Occasionally I will assign homework projects that are separate from the<br />

work we do in class. For the most part, however, your homework<br />

assignment this semester will be to work on the in-class drawings and push<br />

them towards completion. This is an opportunity for you to really<br />

concentrate on a limited number of drawings and to integrate the exploration<br />

of materials, development of basic skills and design into a finished<br />

statement. For this to succeed you need to take responsibility for the<br />

direction of your work. Rather than concentrating on meeting requirements<br />

I want you to begin to experiment with materials, process and subject and<br />

learn to follow the direction your work seems to want to go. I want you to<br />

become aware of an emerging stylistic consistency in your work. To get to<br />

this level you need to budget enough time for experimentation and<br />

refinement. If you are not putting in at least 4-5 hours outside of class per<br />

week you are shortchanging yourself and will have a hard time progressing<br />

to a self directed level. Remember, any system but neglect will work.<br />

Working a little each day makes sense as does budgeting 2 or 3 longer<br />

sessions per week. If you try to cram the time in and rush things at the end it<br />

will show and the work will suffer.<br />

Do not copy photographs in this class.<br />

Critiques<br />

Your participation in the critiques – both your attendance with your drawing<br />

and your comments and critiques of your colleagues drawings – is a critical<br />

part of this class. At times these critiques get long and boring. At times we<br />

tend to say the same thing about almost every drawing. Regardless of how<br />

long the critique is or how repetitive the comments are it is vitally important<br />

for you to concentrate on each drawing and express your honest opinion to<br />

each person. When you leave the critique you should have a good idea<br />

about what works in the drawing, what seems confusing, and what you will<br />

do next.<br />

Goals<br />

1. To engage in visual problem solving using a variety of 2-dimensional<br />

black and white drawing media.<br />

2. To demonstrate an increased sensitivity to the visual qualities of their<br />

environment<br />

3. To create finished visual images that combine traditional drawing<br />

skills, composition and process.<br />

4. To demonstrate an awareness of an emerging stylistic consistency.<br />

Objectives<br />

At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />

64


65<br />

1. Prepare a portfolio of eight to twelve drawings demonstrating mastery<br />

of issues covered.<br />

2. Demonstrate competency in your ability to make accurate visual<br />

observations<br />

3. Demonstrate how atmospheric perspective can control the illusion of<br />

3-dimensions.<br />

4. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />

5. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />

6. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles, traditional<br />

drawing practices and process.<br />

7. Demonstrate familiarity with the following materials: pencil, charcoal,<br />

pen and ink, and ink wash.<br />

Requirements<br />

1 Regular attendance<br />

2. Consistent effort and initiative<br />

3 Completion of each unit<br />

4. Portfolio of eight finished drawings<br />

5. Evidence of consistent outside effort<br />

6 Participation in critiques<br />

Attendance<br />

Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower<br />

grade and absences in excess of five will result in an automatic “no-credit”.<br />

Materials:<br />

Pen and ink<br />

Water color brush<br />

Pencils<br />

Charcoal<br />

Kneaded eraser<br />

Hard eraser<br />

Cheap oil brush<br />

Ink<br />

18 x 24 Strathmore 400 pad<br />

18 x 24 newsprint<br />

Charcoal paper as needed<br />

Other paper as need<br />

Course Calendar<br />

Unit one Edges due 1/28<br />

Materials: charcoal, graphite, ink wash<br />

65


For critique on Mon. 1/21 bring the following three drawings<br />

1. rope cord wire<br />

2. non-objective<br />

3. representational image<br />

Unit two Three tone study due 2/11<br />

Materials: poster paint, ink wash, water color brush,<br />

Unit three Paper bags due 2/25<br />

Material: pen and ink<br />

Unit four Interior due 3/11<br />

Materials charcoal graphite ink wash<br />

Unit five Negative space due<br />

Materials experiment with many materials<br />

Unit six Trees due<br />

Materials experiment with a variety of materials<br />

Unit seven Superimposed imagery due<br />

Materials pencil<br />

Unit eight Self portrait due<br />

Materials experiment with many materials<br />

This course AT 131 Basic Drawing II, meets the following guidelines from<br />

the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes.<br />

2.2.4 expressive content.<br />

2.2.6 communicative qualities.<br />

66<br />

66


AQUINAS COLLEGE<br />

ART 140<br />

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

Principles of two-dimensional design as a foundation for understanding art work. This is a studio<br />

art course that examines the formal qualities of two-dimensional art. Individual design elements<br />

will be introduced and examined in a series of abstract exercises. Orchestration of design issues<br />

will develop as the semester progresses.<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

1. To learn to coordinate eye, mind, and hand in the creation of 2-dimensional artwork.<br />

2. To gain understanding of principles of composition on a 2-dimensional plane.<br />

3. To learn to handle art materials with a sense of precision and care in the practice of basic<br />

2-D techniques.<br />

4. To gain an introductory understanding of color in both theory and practice.<br />

5. To begin establishing an art vocabulary.<br />

METHODS OF LEARNING<br />

1. The primary method of learning in this course will be studio work, using various design<br />

elements (line, shape, color, etc.) and applying them to 2-D design principles (balance, repetition,<br />

variety, etc.). Each of six projects will begin with related exercises, multiple sketches, resolved<br />

solutions, and finally a critique (class discussion) of the outcome of the work.<br />

2. Reading assignments from the text as well as slide lectures by the instructor will<br />

introduce vocabulary and art concepts.<br />

3. Assignments will include visits to specified art exhibits in the local area, followed by<br />

essays written in response to them.<br />

TEXT<br />

Design Basics by David A. Lauer, Fifth Edition, Holt, Rhinehart, Winston 2000<br />

EVALUATION AND TESTING<br />

Student work will determine the calculation of a final grade as follows:<br />

Six studio assignments (@ 11% ) 66%<br />

Two essays in response to art shows (@ 5%) 10%<br />

Three exams on art vocabulary and concepts (@ 8%) 24%<br />

Total 100%<br />

ATTENDANCE POLICY<br />

Attend class regularly. Absences should be rare and only for unavoidable reasons. Each absence<br />

in excess of three will reduce a student's grade by one-third of a letter (B becomes B-, B- becomes<br />

C+, etc.). Departmental policy states that absences in excess of 6 will result in an automatic "No<br />

Credit” as a grade for the class.<br />

The class is designed to include inspiration through word and work from student to student as part<br />

of the learning methodology. All students have something to offer and to gain from each other’s<br />

work, and are expected to be at each class meeting to contribute to this on-going dialogue.<br />

The beginning of each class period is important because that's when discussions take place and<br />

examples and directions are frequently presented. So the instructor reserves the right to consider<br />

absent anyone who is late.<br />

Always come to class ready with assigned materials and tools and with assigned work.<br />

Critiques are essential to each assignment. Absence from a critique will effect the grade of the<br />

project being critiqued.<br />

INSTRUCTOR<br />

Kurt Kaiser, AB3D, Extension 3601, home phone 454-4351.<br />

Office hours: Mondays and Thursdays 9:30-12 & 3:05-4:35, and Fridays 11-1:30, or by<br />

appointment. Do not hesitate to talk to the instructor about any needs you have in the class.<br />

Ask for help and clarity as needed.<br />

HINTS<br />

To get a respectable grade in this class do the following, listed in order of importance.<br />

1. Do all that is assigned and expected, which means go to all classes, and carry out all<br />

assignments.<br />

67<br />

67


68<br />

2. Give time and attention to doing everything well and with care.<br />

3. Apply talent and cleverness to your work. Notice that this comes last as a priority. Talent is<br />

never a substitute for diligence, care, and hard work.<br />

MATERIALS<br />

Provided by students:<br />

Broad & fine black permanent markers,<br />

X-acto knife,<br />

Extra X-acto blades,<br />

Glue stick,<br />

Bristol board pad, 14”x17”<br />

Photo copies,<br />

Scissors,<br />

Rubber erasure,<br />

Black stamp pad,<br />

Drawing pencil (6B),<br />

Metal straight edge ruler,<br />

Paint brushes for water based paints:<br />

#0 round and ¼“ flat,<br />

Magazines for cutting,<br />

Illustration board, 2@ 10x 10 "<br />

6 pocket folders,<br />

Other found materials TBA<br />

Provided by the Art Department<br />

Black paper, Paints, Paint containers Tracing paper, Spray glue, Pallets for painting, Rubber cement, Mat<br />

board, Sketch paper, Colored papers, etc.<br />

68


This course AT 140 2-D Design, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes<br />

2.2.5 social functions.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

2.4.1 major traditional theories of art and design.<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.2 Written and oral views<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />

artwork of others.<br />

69<br />

69


AT141<br />

3-D Design<br />

Course Description:<br />

Structural spatial and organizational problems centered around basic 3-dimensional materials.<br />

This course is intended to introduce students to factors unique to three-dimensional design:<br />

vocabulary, composition of form and space, critical evaluation, and 3-d materials and techniques.<br />

Goal:<br />

To provide an introduction to art through a focus on concerns that are specific to 3-dimensional art.<br />

Objectives:<br />

Students will learn about<br />

Principles of design in 3-dimensional art.<br />

Pattern in 3-d.<br />

Value in 3-d.<br />

Physical structural concerns in 3-d construction.<br />

Color in 3-dimenwional materials<br />

Time as the 4 th dimension.<br />

Methods of Learning:<br />

This is a problem solving course. Studio problems, often preceded by studio exercises, and always<br />

followed by critique discussion, will be the primary means of learning. The instructor will also use<br />

slide presentations to clarify course content. There will be reading assignments from the text<br />

followed by quizzes. And students will be assigned two short essays on personal responses to<br />

specific local art exhibits to be announced.<br />

Text: Shaping Space, 2 nd Edition by Paul Zelanski and Mary Pat Fisher.<br />

Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.<br />

Attendance:<br />

The attendance policy for this course is simply that you are expected to be present at all class<br />

meetings in full. Any absences above three will each reduce your grade by one third of a letter. (B<br />

becomes B-. B- becomes C, etc.) More than six absences will result in no credit for the class. If an<br />

absence had to take place, it is your responsibility to mention it to the instructor as well as to inform<br />

yourself regarding what was missed in class. Since much of the content of a day's course work will<br />

be established at the beginning of the class meeting, it is important that you be there on time.<br />

Chronic lateness will also detract from your grade. Students are expected to come to class<br />

equipped with what ever was assigned for that day, whether it is certain materials or a completed<br />

assignment.<br />

Other Expectations:<br />

Important toward getting a good grade in this class are the following:<br />

a) Be here!<br />

Attend all class meetings, prepared to work, with assigned materials in hand,<br />

b) Do the work!<br />

Carry out all the studio problems and other assigned work.<br />

c) Challenge yourself!<br />

Do quality work that reflects self challenge.<br />

Each finished project is due at the critique at the beginning of class on the due date. It is important<br />

that both art and artist be present at the critique for full credit on the project.<br />

Since learning is the primary objective of this class, students may rework a project if dissatisfied<br />

with a grade.<br />

And please do your part in cleaning up and putting things away at the end of each class meeting.<br />

70<br />

70


Evaluation:<br />

6 projects @ 12 = 72%<br />

3 quizzes @ 6 = 18%<br />

2 essays @ 5 = 10%<br />

Total 100%<br />

Instructor:<br />

Kurt Kaiser, AB3D, Extension 3601, home phone 454-4351.<br />

Office hours: Mondays and Thursdays 9:30-12 & 1-2:30, Tuesdays 11-12 and Fridays 11-2:30<br />

or by appointment.<br />

Academic Assistance:<br />

Call Student Support Services, Ext. 3711<br />

Materials (tentative list; clarification will be given in class)<br />

wire cutter pliers,<br />

knives, X-acto and/or utility,<br />

ruler or tape measure,<br />

black spray paint,<br />

paint brushes, 2" and smaller,<br />

artist's choice of identical multiples ,<br />

(250 or more) for problem 2,<br />

other as needed.<br />

Materials provided by the Art Dept.:<br />

wire,<br />

polystyrene,<br />

plaster,<br />

clay,<br />

paint,<br />

etc.<br />

Tentative Calendar Spring 2002<br />

AT141 2-D Design<br />

Jan 15 Introductions Jan 18 Project 1A Read Ch. 6<br />

Jan. 22 Project 1B Ch. 4 Jan 25 Project 1C Ch. 5<br />

Jan 29 PP. 2-12 Feb 1 Project 1 critique<br />

Feb 5 Ch. 3 Feb 8 Project 2A<br />

Feb 12 Project 2B Feb 15 test I<br />

Feb 19 Project 2 critique Feb 22 Chs. 8, 14, & pp. 12-20<br />

Feb 26 Project 3A Mar 1 Essay 1<br />

71<br />

71


Mar 5 Project 3B Mar 8 Project 3 critique<br />

S P R I N G B R E A K<br />

Mar 19 Pages 33-38 Mar 22 Project 4 exercises<br />

Mar 26 Essay 2 & exercises Mar 29 Good Friday<br />

Apr 2 Project 4 critique Apr 5 Ch. 10, exercises on Pr. 5<br />

Apr 9 Test 2 Apr 12 Work on 5<br />

Apr 16 Work on Project 5 Apr 19 Project 5 critique<br />

Apr 23 Chs. 7, 9, 11, 12 & 13 Apr 26 Work on 6<br />

Apr 30 Test 3 May 3 Work on 6<br />

May 8, 8 A.M. Project 6 critique<br />

This course AT 141 3-D Design, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Education (LQ).<br />

1.8 innovative use of technology<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches<br />

2.2.1 creative processes<br />

2.2.2 organizational structures.<br />

2.2.4 expressive content.<br />

2.2.5 Social functions<br />

2.2.6 communicative qualities.<br />

2.5.1 make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives.<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Art Department<br />

Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />

We train artists, art historians, and visual arts administrators, and provide service courses for non-art majors.<br />

Through our courses, we aspire to build an appreciation for the rich interchange of images and ideas that can happen<br />

between art and other academic disciplines. Our graduates in art have been encouraged to consider their future<br />

professional role in the context of both the contemporary world and the historical world. Besides a reverence for art<br />

history, they have been taught appropriate skills of mind, hand, and eye. They have been helped to find the next<br />

steps in their life journey, and have been challenged to be the best they can be in their chosen specialty. Non-majors<br />

who take our courses become better able to evaluate the visual aspects of their environment ,understand the value of<br />

creative problem solving, and appreciate art in history. And they often find their study of art to be profoundly<br />

nourishing to the spirit.<br />

Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />

AT 150 Art Survey I<br />

72<br />

72


I. Identifying Information:<br />

First Semester 2002-2003<br />

Location and Times: Monday, Thursday: 9:30 – 10:45; 11:00 – 12:15<br />

AB 154<br />

Instructor: Marie Celeste Miller, O.P., Ph.D.<br />

Home Number: 616-575-5608<br />

Work Number: 616-632-2410<br />

E-mail Address: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />

Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 – 3:30<br />

Tuesday: 8:30 – 11:00; 2:00 – 4:00<br />

Friday: 8:30 – 11:00<br />

II. Textbook: Art History (2 nd Edition) Vol. 1 by Marilyn Stokstad, Prentice Hall and Harry N. Abrams,<br />

Inc. , 1999<br />

III. Course Description: Goals and Objectives<br />

This is <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s Survey of Art I, beginning with the Art of the Caves and moving through<br />

history to the Art of the Age of the Cathedrals.<br />

GOAL OF THE COURSE:<br />

This is the general goal of the course: that you become acquainted with the major art movements and<br />

art objects/monuments from prehistoric times through c. 1350 in Western Europe; the Near East; Egypt<br />

and sub-Saharan Africa; China; Japan; the Americas. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as<br />

well as a knowledge of the principal artists and architects from these cultures.<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES:<br />

By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />

Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above and discuss their<br />

significance<br />

Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements and principles of design within a historical<br />

framework<br />

Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and cultures within the<br />

framework of this course<br />

Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural background in which the art<br />

and architecture was created<br />

Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown in this course<br />

Improve the understanding of a variety of media<br />

Improve writing skills through the team projects and websearch<br />

Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />

Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it effectively with others<br />

through the learning team projects<br />

73<br />

73


IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />

Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />

the student who is successful in this course.<br />

EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />

Tests (4): 40%<br />

Learning Team Projects and Accompanying Writing (2): 30%<br />

Websearch and accompanying writing: 10%<br />

Short Written Pieces based on Videos/Websites: 10%<br />

Participation: 10%<br />

V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

Because this is a survey course, one that takes you on a great tour of art from that made by the men and<br />

women from the cave civilizations to the art made by men and women of the Cathedrals, not just in<br />

Europe but in the Orient, Africa and the Americas, we will not study every chapter together. And not<br />

all the parts of the chapters will be equally important.<br />

So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet which outlines<br />

the terms, ideas and images you need to know. These study sheets are found under the button entitled<br />

Assignments. There you will also find detailed explanations of all assignments.<br />

As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that students learn "more"<br />

and "better" when they are active learners. The more they become involved in their work, the greater<br />

responsibility they assume for their own learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn<br />

the subject matter, but they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I<br />

prepared this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning besides<br />

listening to a lecture.<br />

The methods we will use to achieve course goals and objectives will include:<br />

• Critical reading of the text<br />

• Interactive lectures<br />

• Collaborative learning<br />

• Independent learning<br />

• Slides, videos, viewing and learning from selected world wide web sites and written pieces<br />

accompanying them<br />

• Two Learning Team projects<br />

• A websearch and accompanying writing<br />

• Four tests<br />

COURSE MECHANICS<br />

AT 150, Art Survey I, is an on-campus course with a support website.<br />

You are expected to attend all class sessions. On days when we are not meeting as a large group, but<br />

we are meeting in learning teams, I expect you to check in with me in the Library at the beginning of<br />

the class period. The Art Department attendance policy is: after three absences, your grade will fall<br />

one full letter grade; with four absences, two full letter grades, and beyond that, N.C.<br />

If you come tardy to a class, it is your responsibility to see me to be sure you are checked in as present<br />

for the day's work. If you do not, you will be considered absent.<br />

74<br />

74


Assessment Tools Used<br />

for Evaluation and<br />

GradingProject<br />

Elements<br />

If you are tardy more than 3 times, you will take a comprehensive final examination.<br />

Make up tests for test 1,2 and 3 will be given only with a Doctor's note. There will be one scheduled<br />

time for these tests. There is no possibility of make up for test 4 which is the final examination.<br />

Fulfill assignments on time. Late work will be penalized.<br />

Academic Honesty: In any assignment, if you use the exact words from any source (websites, CD-<br />

Roms, videos, interviews, database articles, paper resources such as books and journal articles), you<br />

must enclose those words in quotation marks and acknowledge the source. If you do not use quotation<br />

marks and cite the source, you are guilty of plagiarism.<br />

In any assignment, if you use the language of any source with only a slight change in wording, and if<br />

you don't acknowledge your source, you are guilty of plagiarism.<br />

Plagiarism is an extremely serious offense. A plagiarized assignment receives a failing grade and a<br />

student who plagiarizes may fail a course.<br />

Students who cheat on a test or help another student during a test will fail the test.<br />

All the information and help you will need for the successful completion of the course, aside from your<br />

textbook, are on this website. You are expected to use it for the Calendar, for Assignments and Study<br />

Guides, for the Syllabus, to view slides under the button entitled, Slide Library. The Resource button<br />

will provide you with links to other web sites which will give you additional information on the works<br />

and periods we are studying. There are links to virtual museums where you can visit exhibitions and<br />

see art from the period we are studying. Under Resources, I also list videos and selected print<br />

resources in the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Library that can help with your projects and paper.<br />

In the study guides for each chapter, the key monuments are listed as "Art to Remember". For these<br />

works of art, you should know the title of the work; the artist (if known); the date; and salient or<br />

important characteristics. We will talk more about that in class.<br />

All slides viewed in class will be available to you on the website under the button, Slide Library. In<br />

addition, there are other images and details not provided in your text under this button.<br />

Fact Sheet Incomplete information;<br />

and/or quality below<br />

college- level<br />

work;and/or key<br />

questions<br />

unaddressed;and/or weak<br />

organization; theories not<br />

explained.<br />

Reflection Questions Incomplete and underdeveloped<br />

responses; less<br />

than college-level study<br />

and thinking; poorly<br />

composed and<br />

organized; grammatical<br />

problems<br />

1 3 5<br />

Information is superficial<br />

for college-level work; all<br />

questions are addressed;<br />

somewhat organized;<br />

theories are explained;<br />

material is presented<br />

neatly and professionally.<br />

<strong>Complete</strong> response to the<br />

questions; shows collegelevel<br />

study and thinking;<br />

organization of thought<br />

evident; fair command of<br />

the written language.<br />

75<br />

In-depth, college-level<br />

information; all questions<br />

are thoroughly addressed;<br />

clear and evident<br />

organization; theories are<br />

thoroughly explained;<br />

presentation of material<br />

enhances learning.<br />

Response full and rich in<br />

discussion of the<br />

questions; uses clear,<br />

accurate, relevant facts to<br />

explain thinking; shows<br />

in-depth study and<br />

thinking; masterful<br />

75


Learning Team Project #2 Rubric<br />

76<br />

organization of ideas;<br />

succinct but not choppy;<br />

composition shows welldeveloped<br />

vocabulary<br />

and variety to sentence<br />

structure.<br />

CRITERIA 1-8 9 - 16 17 - 20<br />

Contents Some elements required<br />

for the packet are<br />

missing; and/or minimal<br />

number of project<br />

materials included.<br />

Quality of Packet Packet is poorly designed<br />

and presented; shows<br />

minimal work and effort;<br />

less than college-level<br />

materials; language not<br />

used well; grammatical<br />

Packet contains<br />

introduction to topic;<br />

short informational<br />

essays; illustrations;<br />

maps; timelines;<br />

bibliography; listing of<br />

contents; title and<br />

relevant illustration on<br />

the exterior of packet;<br />

names of team members<br />

on exterior.<br />

Packet is neatly designed<br />

and attractively<br />

presented; college-level<br />

work; shows good<br />

command of the language<br />

in grammar, spelling,<br />

Packet contains all of the<br />

required elements; far<br />

more than minimal<br />

number of project<br />

materials are included to<br />

enhance learning.<br />

Packet looks<br />

professionally designed<br />

and well presented;<br />

shows creativity ;more<br />

than minimal collegelevel<br />

work by showing<br />

76


Informal Sharing by<br />

Teams<br />

and spelling errors; very<br />

little organization<br />

evident; bibliography not<br />

strong enough to support<br />

project; mistakes in<br />

bibliographical form.<br />

(and/or)<br />

Presenters are difficult to<br />

hear; rate of speaking too<br />

fast or too slow;<br />

presentation sounds as if<br />

it was read; very little<br />

interest or enthusiasm<br />

evident; lacks sufficient<br />

eye contact; words<br />

mispronounced; shows<br />

little preparation;<br />

inappropriate length.<br />

(and/or)<br />

Collaboration A separate form will be<br />

distributed in class to<br />

evaluate individual work<br />

and collaboration within<br />

the groups.<br />

composition; shows some<br />

organization; appropriate<br />

form for bibliography.<br />

Presenters can be heard;<br />

rate of speech is<br />

adequate; speakers use<br />

notes only occasionally;<br />

shows some interest in<br />

topic; good eye contact ;<br />

some organization is<br />

evident; sounds as<br />

though presentation has<br />

been prepared; speakers<br />

can pronounce words<br />

used; appropriate length.<br />

Web and Data Base Search Rubric<br />

77<br />

depth and complexity of<br />

ideas; engaging,<br />

pertinent details;<br />

evidence of analysis,<br />

reflection, insight;<br />

precise, rich language;<br />

careful, suitable<br />

organization;<br />

bibliography shows<br />

substantial research and<br />

appropriate form is used.<br />

Speakers show a flair for<br />

communicating with the<br />

audience; depth of<br />

knowledge of the<br />

material; clear evidence<br />

of research; involves all<br />

of the audience with eye<br />

contact; strong<br />

organization; presentation<br />

is polished; all words<br />

pronounce correctly; does<br />

everything possible to<br />

help audience learn;<br />

appropriate length.<br />

77


Criteria 0 - 10 11 - 16 17 - 20<br />

Relevance of Results Relevance of the web<br />

research to the topic is<br />

not clear; findings not<br />

completely identified.<br />

Fewer than 5 sites<br />

researched<br />

Clarity of Report Process not clearly<br />

delineated and recorded;<br />

report wanders; key<br />

points not identified.<br />

Report marred by errors<br />

in use of written<br />

English.<br />

Depth of Search Relies on first level<br />

search results; no<br />

evidence of deeper<br />

exploration; information<br />

simply repeats material<br />

in text.<br />

Presentation Presenter is difficult to<br />

hear; rate of speech too<br />

fast/slow; presentation<br />

sounds read or sounds<br />

not practiced; little<br />

interest or enthusiasm<br />

evident; shows little<br />

preparation; dress and<br />

demeanor inappropriate.<br />

VI. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />

Search results are<br />

relevant to the topic;<br />

indicates some breadth<br />

to the search ( between<br />

4 and 8 sites researched)<br />

. Findings identified.<br />

Links followed.<br />

Information organized<br />

and clearly presented;<br />

process clearly<br />

delineated and<br />

recorded. report reflects<br />

college-level use of the<br />

written English.<br />

Results and process<br />

reflect some in-depth<br />

exploration in the<br />

search; follow-up<br />

linkages explicit;<br />

information broader<br />

than what is given in<br />

text.<br />

Presenter can be heard;<br />

rate of speech adequate;<br />

uses notes only<br />

occasionally; shows<br />

interest in topic; some<br />

good eye contact; some<br />

organization is evident;<br />

presentation has been<br />

practiced; speaker can<br />

pronounce words<br />

correctly; dress and<br />

demeanor appropriate.<br />

78<br />

Results are highly<br />

relevant; evidence of a<br />

very broad search<br />

including many<br />

different types of sites;<br />

at least 9 researched;<br />

information clearly<br />

stated. Links followed.<br />

Research findings<br />

clearly organized and<br />

integrated. Process<br />

reporting allows easy<br />

replication. Report<br />

shows precise and<br />

careful use of language.<br />

Topic is explored to a<br />

significant depth; links<br />

are followed and clearly<br />

identified; topic fully<br />

explored and<br />

information integrated.<br />

Speaker shows a flair of<br />

communication with the<br />

audience; depth of<br />

knowledge; involves all<br />

the audience with good<br />

eye contact; strong<br />

organization;<br />

presentation is polished;<br />

all words pronounced<br />

correctly; dress and<br />

demeanor appropriate.<br />

Support services for academics are found in the AcademicAchievement Center on the third floor of the<br />

Academic Building. They are wonderful people who are skilled in helping students with study skills,<br />

and academic skills of all sorts.<br />

Policy regarding Academic Dishonesty is embedded in Course Mechanics, in part V of this syllabus.<br />

78


VII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings<br />

CALENDAR<br />

August 25<br />

• Introduction to the course and to each other<br />

• Explanation of the website and assignments<br />

• Explanation of Learning Team Project #1<br />

• Formation of Learning Teams<br />

August 28<br />

• Meet in AB 355 and 357 (9:30 section) or in the Library classroom (11:00<br />

section) for instruction on Online Resources in Art History<br />

September 4<br />

• Student Presentations of Learning Team Project #1<br />

• Discussion of Chapter 1: Prehistory and Prehistoric Art in Europe<br />

September 8<br />

• Discussion of Chapter 2: The Art of the Ancient Near East and In-class work<br />

• Web assignment on Ancient Near East (See Assignment Page;click on u<br />

Assignment Accompanying Website/Videos/CD-Roms)<br />

• Explanation of Learning Team Project #2<br />

September 22<br />

• Presentations of Learning Team Project II<br />

• Discussion of Chapter 3: The Art of Egypt<br />

September 25<br />

• Continuation of discussion and in-class work on Chapter 3<br />

79<br />

79


September 29<br />

• Discussion and in-class work on Chapter 5: The Art of Greece<br />

October 2<br />

• Continuation on Chapter 5: The Art of Greece<br />

October 6<br />

• Test I<br />

October 9<br />

• Explanation of Individual Websearch Projects<br />

October 20 - 24 Break Week<br />

October 27<br />

• Sharing of Individual Websearch Projects<br />

• Discussion of Chapter 6: Etruscan and Roman Art<br />

October 30<br />

• In-class work on Etruscan and Roman Art<br />

November 3<br />

• Discussion and in-class work on Chapter 7: Early Christian, Jewish and<br />

Byzantine Art<br />

80<br />

80


November 6<br />

• Test II<br />

November 10<br />

• Discussion and work on Chapter 10: Chinese Art before 1392<br />

November 13<br />

• Discussion and work on Chapter 11: Japanese Art before 1392<br />

• Discussion of internet material on Early Japanese Art (See assignments<br />

accompanying Website/video/ cd-rom material)<br />

November 17<br />

• Test III<br />

November 20<br />

• Discussion and work on Chapter 12: Art of the Americas<br />

• Discussion of internet site on Teotihuacan; see page entitled, Assignments<br />

Accompanying Website/Video/CD-Rom Material from Assignment Page<br />

November 24<br />

• Discussion and work on Chapter 13: The Art of Ancient Africa<br />

• Discussion of internet material/video on Ancient Africa (see study guide for this<br />

chapter)<br />

November 27<br />

• Thanksgiving<br />

December 1<br />

• Discussion of Chapter 15: Romanesque Art with highlights from Chapter 14 on<br />

Early Medieval art<br />

81<br />

81


December 5<br />

• Beginning of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />

• Internet assignment on the Bayeux Tapestry ( see Assignments accompanying<br />

website/video/cd-rom material<br />

December 8<br />

• Continuation of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />

December 11<br />

• Continuation of work on Chapter 16: Gothic Art<br />

• Review for Final Exam<br />

Final Exam as Scheduled by the Registrar<br />

• 9:30 Section: Exam on Tuesday, December 16 at 8:00 a.m.<br />

• 11:00 Section: Exam on Monday, December 15 at 1:00 p.m.<br />

82<br />

82


Here you will find websites and names of videos that will serve as terrific resources for<br />

your Learning Team Projects, your websearch and report, and your general study of the<br />

art period within the range of this course. They are meant to be time-saving short cuts<br />

for you. In addition, there are many more great sites waiting to be discovered by you<br />

through the use of Profusion or other search engines. Paper resources and videos will<br />

be placed on reserve in the library at the time that they will be helpful for your<br />

assignments.<br />

Occasionally, as part of your chapter work, I will send you to one of these sites or to<br />

view a video to enhance the material in a chapter.<br />

Here they are....Have fun!<br />

PREHISTORY AND PREHISTORIC ART (EUROPE)<br />

http://www.stonepages.com/ A comprehensive, online guide to European and other megaliths; good<br />

links.<br />

http://www-sor.inria.fr/~pierre/lascaux/ Excellent information and images on the caves of Lascaux.<br />

http://stonehenge.20m.com Various aspects of Stonehenge are explained here.<br />

http://www.mysteriousplaces.com/stonehenge/index.html Visit to Stonehenge. Beautiful<br />

photographs and good information<br />

http://www.arthistory.sbc.edu/sacredplaces/sacredplacesintro.html Chris Whitcombe's site describing<br />

course on sacred and ancient places...good site<br />

http://www.greatbuildings.com/buildings/Stonehenge.html Good outline of facts, a commentary and<br />

links<br />

http://exn.ca/mysticplaces/Stonehenge.cfm A good site...information on construction of Stonehenge<br />

http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/stonehenge/ Archived questions and answers from this public T.V.<br />

presentation on Stonehenge...valuable<br />

http://www.culture.gouv.fr/culture/arcnat/lascaux/en/index.html This one is the best on the caves of<br />

Lascaux...don't miss it! Be sure to go to all the various parts of the site to receive the full benefit of<br />

information and colorful images! Great for the first project!<br />

83<br />

83<br />

VIII.<br />

R<br />

e<br />

s<br />

o<br />

u<br />

r<br />

c<br />

e<br />

s<br />

/<br />

R<br />

e<br />

f<br />

e<br />

r<br />

e<br />

n<br />

c<br />

e<br />

s<br />

L<br />

i<br />

s<br />

t


ART OF THE ANCIENT AMERICAS<br />

http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ Truly excellent images of Aztec, Huastec, Maya, Zapotec and<br />

Cocle at the Kimbell Art Museum in Texas...Images are exquisite and they have good<br />

descriptions...notice other areas besides the Ancient Americas<br />

http://www.umass.edu/arthist/pots/main.html The Hollister Collection of Native American pottery.<br />

Many good images<br />

http://archaeology.la.asu.edu/teo/intro/citymp1.htm A well developed site on Teotihuacan. Interesting<br />

material!<br />

http://archaeology.asu.edu/teo/index.php A site with good information on the ancient city of<br />

Teotihuacan.<br />

THE ART OF EGYPT AND THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST<br />

84<br />

84


http://www.osirisweb.com/egypt/ One of the best...excellent visuals. updated often<br />

http://www.memphis.edu/egypt/egypt.html Good Site on Egypt<br />

http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/cgi-bin/home Egyptian art from World Art Treasures; also has<br />

information on Chinese and Japanese images<br />

http://guardians.net/egypt/sphinx/index.html The Great Sphinx of Giza<br />

http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ The Kimbell Art Museum in Fort Worth...its database can lead<br />

you to Antiquities (Egypt, Ancient Near East etc) as well as African, Greek art<br />

http://www.thebritishmuseum.ac.uk/ Good images, information on Egyptian attitudes toward death,<br />

tombs, etc. Also under online-learning, world culture, notice the wonderful information on the People of<br />

Ur and the Babylonians. Superb site!<br />

http://www.memphis.edu/egypt/main.html Tours of Egypt, Exhibitions, good site<br />

http://www.metmuseum.org/collections/department.asp?dep=10 Visit the New York Metropolitan to<br />

see their Egyptian collection...one of the finest outside Cairo<br />

http://www.rom.on.ca/egypt/case/ This is a terrific site with a wide range of information presented<br />

simply and clearly ...might be a big help to you projects. Don't miss the timeline..from the Royal<br />

Ontario Museum. Has links to other websites and is well organized<br />

http://www.bergen.org/AAST/Projects/Egypt/ A good site on Egyptian religion, social and cultural<br />

life, Art, Hieroglyphics and Links to other good sites<br />

http://witcombe.sbc.edu/ARTHancient.html A gateway to tons of websites...of varying quality but all<br />

kinds of information...Ancient Near East, Egypt, Greece, Etruscan and Roman too. Don't miss this one.<br />

http://guardians.net/hawass/ This is the website for Dr. Zake Hawass, Director of the Giza Pyramids and<br />

Sakkara...has the latest archeological findings and discusses evidence for the theory that the Sphinx is<br />

thousands of years older than archeologiests claim. Don't miss this one.<br />

http://www.thebeadsite.com/BB-AMFA.html Egyptian Faience Amulets.<br />

http://members.aol.com/egyptmouse/bentndx.html Tour of Snefru's Bent Pyramid<br />

http://crystalinks.com/bentpyr.html Good on the Bent Pyramid...Diagrams and pictures with<br />

straightforward and detailed text.<br />

http://touregypt.net/hdyn4.htm Excellent site on the 4th dynasty, the Pyramid builders...first-rate text<br />

and information.<br />

http://www.akhet.co.uk/ This site has good information on a variety of Egyptian topics, especially those<br />

related to Akhenaten and his times.<br />

http://kate.stange.com/egypt/linknef.htm Here is a site that focuses just on links to Queen Nefertiti<br />

information.<br />

http://www.nationalgeographic.com/egypt/ This is the National Geographic's site and material on the<br />

discovery of King Tut's grave. It is superb!<br />

http://www.geocities.com/gpkillen/index.html<br />

Interesting site related to Egyptian furniture and woodworking.<br />

http://exn.ca/egypt/default.asp Learn here about the Art and History of Egypt with Canada's discovery<br />

channel.<br />

ART OF THE ANCIENT AMERICAS<br />

85<br />

85


http://www.Kimbellart.org/database/ Truly excellent images of Aztec, Huastec, Maya, Zapotec and<br />

Cocle at the Kimbell Art Museum in Texas...Images are exquisite and they have good<br />

descriptions...notice other areas besides the Ancient Americas<br />

http://www.umass.edu/arthist/pots/main.html The Hollister Collection of Native American pottery.<br />

Many good images<br />

http://archaeology.la.asu.edu/teo/intro/citymp1.htm A well developed site on Teotihuacan.<br />

Interesting material!<br />

http://archaeology.asu.edu/teo/index.php A site with good information on the ancient city of<br />

Teotihuacan.<br />

Greek and Roman Art<br />

http://www.umich.edu/~kelseydb/Exhibits/WondrousGlass/ This is a wonderful exhibition of ancient<br />

Roman glass.<br />

http://www.educationindex.com/archeol/ This is a link to Archeology Resources and includes a wide<br />

range of sources for things Greek and Roman as well as other areas that fall under archeology.<br />

http://witcombe.sbc.edu/ARTHLinks.html This is a great site with a wide range of sources on a variety<br />

of Art History periods and works. Links to you many more sites than those in the Roman period....really<br />

fine.<br />

http://edsitement.neh.fed.us/ This is a website from the National Endowment for the Humanities which<br />

features a section on Art....good material here. This is a general site, not specifically Greek and Roman,<br />

but it could hold possibilities for your work.<br />

http://www.arhu.umd.edu/ This is the web address for the <strong>College</strong> of <strong>Arts</strong> and Sciences in the University<br />

of Maryland. If you go to the Art History department or the Classics department, you might find among<br />

their Resources or Materials online some good links to Roman subjects..<br />

http://www.umich.edu/~hartspc/histart/ This is the website for the Art History department of the<br />

University of Michigan....if you click on the History of Art links...and go to the Kelsey Museum button,<br />

you will find "Links to other Online Resources for Classical Art and Archeology" This might provide<br />

some help for you.<br />

http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/index_english.html This is the art site for the Berger Foundation....good<br />

material here.<br />

http://www.bu.edu/AH/resources.html#online This is the Resources page from Boston University's Art<br />

History area....there is a subdivision of this called, Online Resources,which might be helpful.<br />

http://www.umich.edu/~hartspc/histart/mother/index.html This is the Mother of All Art History Links. It<br />

is housed under the University of Michigan but is maintained by a group of individuals, not the University<br />

of Michigan itself. It is a wonderful site with an abundance of material. Worth a look!<br />

http://www.ilpi.com/artsource/welcome.html This is Art Source...and it leads to Architectural resources,<br />

many online journals and other general resources....this is a good site.<br />

http://www.clr.utoronto.ca/VIRTUALLIB/arch.html. This is the Architectural Virtual Library which<br />

might be a good lead for any topic that deals with Architecture.<br />

http://www.crystalinks.com/rome.html This is a site that focuses on Ancient Rome...covers the Baths,<br />

86<br />

86


Architecture, and aspects of Roman life...really good!<br />

http://www.deadromans.com Here is a site with information about the Forum, the Colosseum, Emperors,<br />

and links to other Roman sites.<br />

http://www.ou.edu/class/ahi4163/files/main.html An unusual site with a great deal of information about<br />

the Etruscans<br />

http://www.unc.edu/courses/rometech/public/content/arts_and_crafts/Susan_Hampton/Roman_Glass.html<br />

This is a site that is devoted to glassmaking, especially by the Romans<br />

http://www.julen.net/aw/ This is a huge search site with a multitude of links to art, architecture, and life in<br />

the ancient world.<br />

http://www.museum.upenn.edu/Greek_world/Index.html Here is a wonderful site on the Ancient world<br />

with information on their art and beyond.<br />

http://www.mysteriousetruscans.com/ This is a very complete site on the art, history and lifestyles of the<br />

Etruscans.<br />

http://www.roman-emperors.com/ Here is a site on the Roman Emperors that you might fine helpful<br />

now only in this course, but possibly in others as well.<br />

Art of Eastern Asia: China, Japan<br />

http://kaladarshan.arts.ohio-state.edu/ Excellent Asian Collections(over 300,000 slides)<br />

http://www.asianart.com/index.html Excellent infomation on Asian <strong>Arts</strong>...Lists Asian exhibitions<br />

world-wide, good articles, online galleries<br />

http://www.asianart.com/splendors/index.html Asian Art Museum of San Francisco!<br />

http://www.npm.gov.tw/index.htm National Palace Museum, Taiwan...one of the very best;excellent<br />

images and information<br />

http://www.bergerfoundation.ch/cgi-bin/home Wonderful images of Chinese Art as well as Egyptian<br />

and Japanese<br />

http://www.oir.ucf.edu/wm/paint/tl/japan/ Brief article on Japanese art and architecture with links to<br />

the major periods in Japanese art.<br />

http://www.nyu.edu/gsas/dept/fineart/html/chinese/index.html Chinese and Japanese Art History<br />

Virtual Library.<br />

http://www.c-c-c.org/ Here is the Chinese Cultural Center with great links to <strong>Arts</strong> and Architecture, to<br />

Philosophy and Art....this one is worth a look.<br />

http://www.wsu.edu:8080/~dee/ANCJAPAN/ART.HTM A site dedicated to the most interesting early<br />

Japanese art.<br />

http://emuseum.mnsu.edu/prehistory/china/index.html What a wonderful site on China with information<br />

given through maps, timelines and short focused presentations on the culture.<br />

http://www.essential-china.net/02_history/index.htm This provides information on the history of China<br />

in the form of tables and outlines....good background information.<br />

http://www.guggenheim.org/exhibitions/past_exhibitions/china/rotunda.html This is the site of the<br />

Guggenheim Museum and it highlights the blockbuster exhibit, China: 500 years. You'll love it!<br />

The Art of Africa<br />

87<br />

87


http://www.si.edu/nmafa/exhibits/currexhb.htm National Museum of African Art..Great Exhibits<br />

http://www.manntaylor.com/rockart.html A site on the people of the Sahara Desert and Saharan Rock<br />

Art<br />

http://www.lib.virginia.edu/clemons/RMC/exhib/93.ray.aa/African.html African Art: Aesthetics and<br />

Meaning...beautiful electronic exhibit!<br />

http://www.artnetweb.com/guggenheim/africa/index.html Excellent African Art images with clickable<br />

map of Africa..showing art from the major areas of Africa...terrific site<br />

http://www.Kimbellart.org/ When you get to the Kimbell Art Museum site (Texas), click on<br />

Collections, then on Africa...and you will find excellent examples of sculpture with good written<br />

material accompanying them.<br />

http://www.si.edu/resource/faq/where/Africa.htm Good examples of the classical art of Benin. Don't<br />

miss the fact that there is a link to the National Museum of African Art!<br />

http://www.si.edu/nmafa/exhibits/benintwo.htm A wonderful site on the people and art of Benin..West<br />

Africa.<br />

http://www.sas.upenn.edu/African_Studies/Home_Page/WWW_Links.html A resource list of African<br />

web links...good resource.<br />

http://www.nmafa.si.edu/exhibits/beninsp.htm This site gives images and information about key works<br />

from the Kingdom of Benin<br />

http://cti.itc.virginia.edu/%7Ebcr/African_Mask.html This is an interesting site concerning the art of the<br />

African Mask.<br />

Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic Art<br />

http://www.exploreturkey.com/ist_byza.htm Excellent site. Looks at Hagia Sophia, Byzantine<br />

structures: scroll to other sites ancient Turkey, Greek, Roman,Troy.Wonderful pictures<br />

http://www.archaeology.org/online/news/sophia.html Byzantine images and the restoring of Hagia<br />

Sophia.<br />

http://www.thais.it/scultura/romanica.htm Excellent Romanesque sculpture from Italy.<br />

http://www.archaeology.org/online/news/sophia.html Recent restoration of Hagia Sophia.<br />

http://www.io.com/%7Etapestry/index.html Here is a wonderful resource on the History of Tapestry<br />

and Wall Hangings.<br />

http://www.hastings1066.com This is a terrific site on the Bayeux tapestry...visually rich as well as full<br />

of good information.<br />

http://www.learn.columbia.edu/Mcahweb/index-frame.html Wait til you see this site....it has everything<br />

you ever wanted to know about the Cathedral at Amiems....a very thorough site with wonderful images<br />

and college-level text that provides an in-depth study of the cathedral.<br />

Art Survey II<br />

Course Description<br />

Syllabus<br />

Matrix Reference<br />

88<br />

88


AT 151<br />

Course Description<br />

In this course, you as students will become acquainted with the major art movements and art objects/monuments<br />

from about 1350 through the beginning of the 20th century in western Europe, China, Japan, the Pacific area, Africa<br />

and the United States. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as well as a knowledge of the principal artists<br />

and architects from these cultures.<br />

By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />

• Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above and discuss their significance<br />

• Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements, principles of design, and techniques<br />

• Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and cultures within the framework of<br />

this course<br />

• Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural background in which the art and<br />

architecture was created in terms of specific visual sources.<br />

• Develop a level of visual literacy by training the eye to see the elements of art at work in pieces of art and<br />

architecture<br />

• Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown in this course<br />

• Improve writing skills through the team projects and the paper<br />

• Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />

• Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it effectively with others through the<br />

learning team projects<br />

89<br />

89


SYLLABUS<br />

Instructor: Sister Marie Celeste Miller<br />

E-Mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />

Office Art and Music Center, Room 204<br />

Office Phone: 459-8281, Ext. 3425<br />

Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 - 3:30<br />

Tuesday: 9:00 - 11:00; 1:30 - 3:30<br />

Friday: 9:00 - 11:00<br />

GOAL OF THE COURSE<br />

This is the general goal of the course: that you as students become acquainted with the<br />

major art movements and art objects/monuments from about 1350 through the<br />

beginning of the 20th century in western Europe, China, Japan, the Pacific area, Africa<br />

and the United States. You will acquire a knowledge of period styles as well as a<br />

knowledge of the principal artists and architects from these cultures.<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />

• Identify major art monuments or objects within the time frame given above<br />

and discuss their significance<br />

• Analyze works of art in terms of the visual elements, principles of design, and<br />

techniques<br />

• Describe and discuss art styles and artistic traditions of the time periods and<br />

cultures within the framework of this course<br />

• Make general but accurate observations about the historical and cultural<br />

background in which the art and architecture was created in terms of specific<br />

visual sources.<br />

• Develop a level of visual literacy by training the eye to see the elements of art<br />

at work in pieces of art and architecture<br />

• Have a general understanding of the materials and techniques in the art shown<br />

in this course<br />

• Improve writing skills through the team projects and the paper<br />

• Improve the ability to organize and synthesize information<br />

• Improve the ability to work in teams to organize information and share it<br />

effectively with others through the learning team projects<br />

TEXT<br />

We will use Art History (Second Edition), Vol. II by Marilyn Stokstad, Prentice Hall<br />

and Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 2002<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

90<br />

90


Because this is a survey course, one that takes you on a great tour of art from that made<br />

by the men and women of the Renaissance to the art made by individuals of the 20th<br />

century, not just in Europe, but in the Orient, Africa, and the Pacific islands, we will<br />

not study every chapter together. And not all the parts of the chapters will be equally<br />

important.<br />

So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet<br />

which outlines the terms, ideas and images you need to know. These study sheets are<br />

found under the button entitled Assignments. There you will also find detailed<br />

explanations of all assignments.<br />

As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that<br />

students learn "more" and "better" when they are active learners. The more they<br />

become involved in their work, the greater responsibility they assume for their own<br />

learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn the subject matter, but<br />

they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I prepared<br />

this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning<br />

besides listening to a lecture.<br />

The methods we will use to achieve course goals and objectives will include:<br />

• Critical reading of the text<br />

• Interactive lectures<br />

• Problem solving approaches to projects<br />

• Collaborative learning<br />

• Independent learning<br />

• Slides, videos, viewing and learning from selected world wide web sites<br />

• Two Learning Team projects and one Individual Project (Exhibit)<br />

• Three tests<br />

Specifics about the daily workings of the course can be found under Course Mechanics.<br />

Be sure to go to this link to remind yourself of course procedures.<br />

EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />

Tests (3): 30%<br />

Learning Team Projects (2): 20%<br />

Exhibit: 30%<br />

Early Renaissance Assignment: 10%<br />

Participation: 10%<br />

91<br />

91


Matrix Reference<br />

AT 151<br />

This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />

1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art education settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their classrooms.<br />

1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />

technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research, and<br />

instructional purposes.<br />

2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />

2.3.3: non-western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />

2.3.5: design history.<br />

2.3.6: cultural studies.<br />

2.3.7: media literacy.<br />

2.3.8: gender studies.<br />

2.4.1: major traditional theories of art and design.<br />

2.4.3: the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of<br />

theoretical perspectives.<br />

92<br />

92


Art 201-202 Steve Schousen<br />

Advanced and Life Drawing AMC – Room 134<br />

Fall 2002 ext. 3427 (H) 454-2729<br />

Course Description<br />

This is a studio art course that will focus on drawing from the observed figure, the development of traditional<br />

drawing skills, experimentation with materials, and nurturing an awareness of an emerging individual style.<br />

Everyone will work from the figure during class sessions and we will all follow the same critique schedule.<br />

Homework assignments, however, will vary depending on course level. Individual homework calendars are outlined<br />

below. We will have a critique of homework and in-class drawings once every two weeks and all other classes will<br />

be devoted to drawing from the nude. In addition to academic correctness, we will focus on developing a sensitivity<br />

with form, materials and design which is responsive to the unique visual qualities of your subject. Exploration of<br />

materials will also constitute an important part of the course. While you are not expected to master each of the<br />

materials introduced this semester, your work should reflect a search for the creative potential inherent in each. By<br />

the end of the semester, you are expected to create a group of mature, finished drawings.<br />

Goals<br />

1. To provide the students with an opportunity to engage in visual problem solving involving the figure and<br />

other subject matter using a variety of 2-dimensional black and white media.<br />

2. To provide the student with background in academic figure drawing.<br />

3. To encourage students to become increasing sensitive to the visual qualities of their environment.<br />

4. To focus on and identify each students’ individual approach to image making.<br />

Objectives<br />

At the end of this course the students will be able to:<br />

1. Prepare a portfolio of drawings demonstrating mastery of issues covered.<br />

2. Accurately record visual observations in proper proportion.<br />

3. Create a convincing figure drawing using line only.<br />

4. Create a convincing figure drawing using graded tone only.<br />

5. Demonstrate how atmospheric perspective can control the illusion of 3-dimensions.<br />

6. Competently evaluate a drawing’s formal strengths and weaknesses.<br />

7. Discuss and write about 2-dimensional works of art.<br />

8. Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic design principles with the drawing process.<br />

9. Demonstrate familiarity with the following materials: pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, ink wash.<br />

Requirements<br />

1. Eight finished drawings<br />

2. Meaningful participation in all critiques, class exercises and discussions<br />

3. Acquisition of traditional drawing skills specifically – gesture, contour, measuring, /proportions, control of<br />

space, use of tone.<br />

4. Excellent attendance. If you ever hired your own nude model, you know how valuable this time is. Please<br />

arrive at class 10-15 minutes early in order to set up. This saves drawing time and does not disrupt your<br />

peers. If we set up after class starts and clean up before it ends we can easily waste 30-40 minutes of model<br />

time. You can’t afford this. I realize some of your schedules may be tight, but try to spend the class time<br />

working from the model. You have paid for it and it is a unique opportunity.<br />

93<br />

93


Grading<br />

The following factors are considered when evaluating your work.<br />

1. Acquisition of drawing skills<br />

This semester, we will work with a number of design issues, traditional drawing methods and new drawing media.<br />

Your effort should be sufficient to demonstrate competence with these methods, materials and design issues. This<br />

means that you will occasionally need to put in extra time and rework some of your assignments. Simply completing<br />

all of the assigned projects does not insure a passing grade in this course.<br />

The drawing skills I will be looking for in your drawings are:<br />

-interesting use of line<br />

-control of space<br />

-ability to observe and record observations in correct proportion and relationship to one another<br />

-ability to control graded tone<br />

-ability to compose<br />

2 Homework<br />

Expect to put in 6 hours per week, out side of class. I am looking for a consistent outside effort<br />

3. Effort & initiative<br />

4. Attendance<br />

Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower grade and absences in excess of five<br />

will result in a no-credit. Do not come late to this class. Discussions, examples and directions are frequently<br />

presented during the first 15 minutes of each class and you may be considered absent if you are more than 10<br />

minutes late.<br />

Homework<br />

Plan to spend 4-6 hours outside of class on homework projects. One drawing will be due every two weeks following<br />

the schedule below. A working critique will be held one week before the project is due. You are required to bring a<br />

new drawing that represents about five hours of work to each of these critiques. I also want to encourage you to<br />

bring older drawings on which you are still working to these critiques. Your participation in these critiques – both<br />

the drawings you display and your comments about your own work and the work of others- is a critical part of this<br />

class. When you leave the critique you should have a good idea about what works in the drawing, about what seems<br />

confusing and a sense of what you are going to do next.<br />

On Friday, Oct18 – the day before fall break starts- you will turn in the first three drawings, and what ever you have<br />

going for the next three, for midterm evaluation. On that day we are scheduled to have a group critique focusing on<br />

drawings # 4 – 6.<br />

On Tuesday, Nov. 22 –the last class before Thanksgiving break- I want you to turn in the next two drawings for<br />

evaluation. If you follow this schedule you will have five drawings totally finished and turned in by Thanksgiving<br />

and almost a whole month to finish up the last three.<br />

On Friday, Dec. 13 you should turn all eight finished outside drawings for final evaluation. Individual critiques or a<br />

group critique will be scheduled during exam week.<br />

94<br />

94


95<br />

Homework Schedule AT 201<br />

1. Tree trunks:<br />

-due on 9/13<br />

-working critique on 9/6<br />

-I am looking for a contour drawing which accurately describes form and shape and also suggests<br />

space. Composition and process should be an important part of the final drawing.<br />

2. Skeleton:<br />

-due on 9/27<br />

-working critique on 9/20<br />

-I would also like this drawing to be more about contour and shape than shading. Accurate<br />

observations about proportions and shapes are important, as is composition.<br />

3. Self Portrait:<br />

-due on 10/11<br />

-working critique on 10/4<br />

-Think about cross-contour lines to describe the form of your portrait. Make use of highlights and<br />

shadow cores. Finding a single, strong light source help.<br />

4. Ink Wash<br />

5. Charcoal and turpenoid on gessoed paper<br />

6. Pen and ink<br />

-two of these three drawings is due on 11/26<br />

-subject matter should be figure related: self-portrait, skeleton or figure, all from life.<br />

-composition and exploration of the material is important<br />

-accurate observations and description of form is important.<br />

7&8 undefined<br />

-I have some ideas if you can’t think of projects that will further your development. I wanted to<br />

leave these last two drawings pretty open to enable you to pursue a direction you define for<br />

yourself.<br />

Homework Schedule AT 202<br />

1. Life size skeleton drawing:<br />

-due on 9/13<br />

-working critique on 9/6<br />

-Focus on shape and proportion. A contour drawing that is almost life size.<br />

2. self-portrait<br />

-due on 9/27<br />

-working critique on 9/20<br />

-line and plane only<br />

-strong light source is essential<br />

3. Old master image- skeleton analysis<br />

-due on 10/11<br />

-working critique on 10/4<br />

4. Self portrait:<br />

-tone<br />

-Spend time looking at how other artists have creatively composed self-portraits.<br />

5. In projects five through eight I want you to pursue drawing projects of interest to you.<br />

Homework Schedule: courses beyond AT 202<br />

While you are required to bring drawings to each critique and to follow the above schedule for completion of<br />

drawings, I want you to work on a theme of your own choosing.<br />

Materials (Be sure to bring all of your materials to every class.)<br />

Paper:<br />

1 – 18x24 newsprint pad. (Purchase more as needed.)<br />

95


1 – 18x24 pad Strathmore 400<br />

1 – 18x24 Charcoal paper as needed<br />

other paper as needed<br />

Pencils:<br />

1 - 2H, 2-2B, 1-6B<br />

Color pencils (pigment and Wax); 1-Black, 1-white, 1-earth tone<br />

Charcoal and crayons:<br />

1 - pkg. vine charcoal<br />

1 –2 stick compressed – soft charcoal<br />

white charcoal pencil<br />

Conte crayons: optional<br />

Erasers:<br />

1 synthetic - pink pearl<br />

1 kneaded<br />

Ink, brushes, pens:<br />

1 – holder<br />

2 – pen tips (non-calligraphic!)<br />

1 – Bottle of black India ink – Higgins is best, stay away from acrylic-based ink-it is too thick for the pens.<br />

1 – sm. & 1g brush – Japanese brushes work well<br />

Small mixing jars and saucers<br />

1 – cheap, small oil brush<br />

Assorted materials you might want but do not need:<br />

1- roll masking tape<br />

1-12” ruler<br />

1-can fixative<br />

Sandpaper #220 or #180<br />

1 20X26 portfolio<br />

This course, AT 201 Advanced Drawing, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

96<br />

96


<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Art Department<br />

Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />

We are dedicated to the preparation of students for the roles of artists, art historians, visual arts administrators and art<br />

teachers, and we build in non-art majors an appreciation for the value of creative problem solving and the rich<br />

interchange of images and ideas that happen between art and other areas of life.<br />

Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />

AT 212 Beginning Photography<br />

Fall Semester 2004<br />

I. Identifying Information:<br />

Location and Times: AMC room 212, Tues./Fri. 12:15 – 3:05<br />

Instructor: Dana Freeman<br />

Home Number: 616-456-8816<br />

Work Number: 616-632-2408<br />

E-mail Address: freemdan@aquinas.edu<br />

Office Hours: MTTHF 11:00- 12:15 and 3:05-4:15<br />

II. Textbook/Video:<br />

A Short Course in PHOTOGRAPHY, 5 th edition, by Barbara London and Jim Stone,<br />

available at the Bookstore<br />

III. Course Description:<br />

Our goal in this course is to learn the techniques of a medium, here photography, to allow you express<br />

your own ideas. We will explore black and white photography, including basic camera handling, film<br />

developing and printing. Technique, aesthetics and concepts will be discussed through class critiques.<br />

Goals:<br />

1. Understand the phenomenon of photography in the context of the art world.<br />

2. Gain the ability to create strong compositions and well executed photographs.<br />

3. <strong>Complete</strong> all assignments.<br />

4. Visit the public forum for fine art, the Art Museum or Gallery.<br />

Objectives:<br />

By the end of the course a successful student will be able to:<br />

1. Identify their work in the context of the art world and art history<br />

2. Analyze the compositional/formal elements of their own artwork, and the artwork of others.<br />

3. Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually interesting and high quality photographs.<br />

4. Experience and appreciate the creative process.<br />

IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />

Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />

the student who is successful in this course.<br />

I base my standards (of the industry) on my experience as a guest critic at other colleges, the standards<br />

set by my professors in graduate school for classes I taught as a teacher’s assistant, and my active<br />

survey of contemporary art through membership in the <strong>College</strong> Art Association, reading of arts<br />

journals and attending exhibitions.<br />

V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />

We will meet twice a week, mainly for hands-on demonstrations and workdays in the darkroom, but there will also<br />

be at least one fieldtrip and slide lectures. On workdays I expect you to come to class on time and report what you<br />

will be doing during the class period, which may include shooting or some other off-site work. THE<br />

PORTFOLIO-<br />

97<br />

97


98<br />

DUE TO THE HALL OUTSIDE MY OFFIC BY 5PM, Wednesday, 12/15.<br />

(Call Campus Safety x3754 to be let in after building hours to drop-off your portfolios.)<br />

Three-ring binder with your name and phone # and clear plastic sheets for each assignment-<br />

To include:<br />

>Proof sheet (and photo log for Exercises to Get to Know Your Camera) for each role of film,<br />

followed by prints for that assignment, and grade sheet! (Please MAKE IT VERY CLEAR if<br />

you’ve redone prints, especially if you’ve reworked an assignment that has already been graded).<br />

(Hockney, 16" x 20" and mats should be the only items not included)<br />

>Passing paper & paper outline from class field trip<br />

>A paragraph describing a photo exhibit you’ve attended and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE<br />

(class field trip does not count), and documentation, if possible (ie: announcement card)<br />

>Paragraph (with source) on 2 photographers you discovered on your own (I did not present in<br />

class) describing their work and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE (Internet sites o.k.)<br />

>Extra credit work (you may want to talk to me about the need for your particular situation)<br />

Please make arrangements with me if you need your portfolio back by a certain date. You can<br />

put a note on the outside of your portfolio and I’ll try to accommodate you.<br />

VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />

ATTENDANCE:<br />

Departmental policy states that 4 absences affect your grade and 7 absences will result in a failing grade for<br />

the course. IT IS YOUR JOB TO TALK TO ME IF YOU’LL HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH<br />

ATTENDANCE! There will be a break in each class, sometimes structured, others up to you.<br />

GRADING: I will evaluate your progress with each project and you will receive an evaluation and grade,<br />

(see evaluation sheet). You are welcome to ask about your grade at any time.<br />

When evaluating your final grade, I will consider the following:<br />

1) Attendance- SEE POLICY<br />

In addition to meeting the departmental requirements outlined above, you are expected to be on time for<br />

class at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement, drop this class as soon as<br />

possible. You are expected to be present at the beginning of each class for role call and announcements.<br />

The process of photography requires, at times, that you work outside the classroom during class time, but I<br />

want you to plan to have in-lab work to accomplish most workdays. This allows for feedback from me as<br />

you are working, and class interaction.<br />

2) Effort & Initiative- 15%<br />

You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />

commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential. Focus and persistence are required<br />

to make successful photographs and I expect hard work throughout the semester. (Remember, it will be to<br />

your advantage to deal with assignments prior to the last day before critiques when the darkroom will be a<br />

zoo! Give yourself time for unanticipated problems and plenty of time to clean up thoroughly! ) I also<br />

expect you to thoughtfully contribute to class critiques of both your work and that of your peers.<br />

3) Acquisition of Skills- 75%<br />

This is reflected in your grade for each project. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery of materials,<br />

techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in your on-going<br />

work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />

4) Final Presentation- 10%<br />

A neat and appropriate presentation for your work is important. I do not expect you to frame projects, but<br />

borders should be carefully trimmed and even, and photographs should be kept and presented in good<br />

condition.<br />

VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />

98


99<br />

Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />

her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />

dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />

Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and<br />

lighting studio after hours. I recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music<br />

Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />

VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />

This syllabus is subject to change. Please make an appointment if you want feedback outside these class times by<br />

calling me at home at the phone # above. Although you are expected to attend all classes, ** indicates these<br />

lectures are required! Talk to me if you anticipate missing any of them, it may mean you must drop the class!<br />

Critiques (*) are like a test- your presence and participation count toward your grade, even if you can’t<br />

present your own work. To save on material costs, all photos may be printed 5" x 7" (half sheet) unless otherwise<br />

specified.<br />

Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and lighting studio after hours. I<br />

recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />

8/24: Orientation/discuss supplies/photograms<br />

Assignment Due 8/27: Bring 5 photographic images (from magazines) you feel make a series<br />

Reading Assignment Due 8/27: pages 3-9, 12-23, 36-41, 47-51, 54-75<br />

8/27: Discuss series of 5 photographic images<br />

Lecture**: Use of the Camera-bring your camera without film in it and manual if you have one<br />

Intro to Assignment #1, Due 9/17: Snapshot Collage after David Hockney (collage of uncut color photographs to be<br />

mounted on foam core and hung in the Corner Cafe during class- see description))<br />

Intro to Assign. #2 Due 9/21: Shooting from the Hip have film shot for class 8/31: “Film Developing”-this will be the<br />

first roll of film you will develop and print from, (series of 4 photos- see description)<br />

Reading Assignment Due 8/31: pages 77-95<br />

8/31:splitLecture**: Film Developing- bring camera, film shot “From the Hip”<br />

Reading Assignment Due 9/3: pages 97-109, 159-171<br />

9/3:split Lecture**: Printing, The Basics- bring plastic negative sheet (film will be in dryer), photo paper, compressed air<br />

Reading Assignment Due 9/7: pages 110-117<br />

9/7:split Lecture**: Printing, Demonstration: Filters, Fine printing-cropping, dodging & burning/Workday<br />

Reading Assignment: Due 9/10: pages 118-119<br />

9/10: Intro to Assignment #3, Due 9/24: Exercises- Get to Know Your Camera (proof sheet only and photo log)<br />

Darkroom Workday<br />

9/14: Demonstration: Spotting/Workday<br />

*9/17: Assignment #1 Hockney Critique (rubber cement to foam core by next class)<br />

Slides: Modernist Photographers & Postmodern Photographers<br />

*9/21: Assignment #2 Shooting from the Hip Critique (a series of 4 photos)<br />

Hang Hockneys in the Corner Café<br />

Reading Assignment Due 9/24: page 127-143, 172-173<br />

*9/24: Assignment #3 Exercises- Get to Know your Camera individual meetings (proof sheets only and photo log)<br />

Introduction to Assignment #4 Due 10/12: The Portrait (3 photos that do not need to be a series)<br />

Lighting Studio Tour/Videos<br />

99


9/28: No Class-Studio Appointments<br />

10/1: Workday<br />

Reading Assignment Due 10/5: pages 179-183 (glossary)<br />

10/5: Workday/Studio Appointments, if necessary<br />

10/8: Workday/Studio Appointments, if necessary<br />

*10/12: Assignment #4 Portrait Critique (3 photos that do not have to be a series) & Matting and Mounting 1 of your portraits<br />

Intro to Assignment #5 Due 11/15: Double Exposure (series of 4 photos Unpredictable! Expect multiple shootings)<br />

10/15: Workday<br />

10/18- 10/22: No class- Fall Break<br />

10/26: Field Trip to GRAM: Writing Assignment Due 11/9: (Response to a work from field trip- see glossary)<br />

Demonstration: Hand Coloring/Workday<br />

10/29: Workday<br />

Reading Assignment Due 11/2: pages 159-173 (review), 174-176<br />

11/2: Introduction to Assignment #6 Due 12/10: Personal Project -WORTH 2 GRADES (the equivalent of a series of 12<br />

photographs- to be determined based on your particular project)<br />

Slides: Various Photographers to give you ideas<br />

Demonstrations: Solarized and Toned photographs<br />

*11/5: Assignment #5 Double Exposure Critique (a series of 4 photos)<br />

10-minute meetings about Assignment #6: Personal Project (demos needed?)<br />

OK with me 8" x 10"'s as preparation for 16 x 20's (need to know filter, if used, f stop & time)<br />

11/9: Writing Assignment Due<br />

10-minute meetings about Assignment #6: Personal Project (demos needed?)<br />

OK with me 8" x 10"'s as preparation for 16 x 20's (need to know filter, if used, f stop & time)<br />

11/12: 16 x 20 printing of one of your negatives/Work day<br />

11/16: 16 x 20 printing of one of your negatives/Work day<br />

11/19: Dry mount & Hang 16 x 20's in Corner Cafe (bring foam core)<br />

10-minute meetings with proof sheets & any prints for Assignment #6: Personal Project/Work day<br />

11/23: Workday<br />

Reminder: the final portfolio requires you review I art exhibit and look-up 2 photographers— for details see “The<br />

Portfolio” section of this syllabus<br />

11/26: No class- Thanksgiving Break<br />

11/30: Workday<br />

12/3: Workday<br />

12/7: Workday (Toning Day!)<br />

100<br />

100


*12/10: Assignment #6 Critique (the equivalent of a series of 12 photos- to be determined based on your particular project)<br />

If you’d like an individual meeting about your portfolio, schedule it this class.<br />

Wednesday, 12/15 by 5pm- Portfolio is due outside my office door!<br />

IX. Resources/Reference List:<br />

101<br />

101<br />

MATERIALS LIST<br />

Chemistry is provided in the darkroom. Pay close attention to labels so you don’t contaminate everyone’s chemistry.<br />

Materials usually cost @ $75.00 + cost of the book<br />

MATERIALS<br />

1) Approximately 7 rolls of film-<br />

1- color film, 36 exposures for Hockney photo collage assignment (you will pay for color processing)<br />

6 Black & White Film, 24 exposures<br />

3- Bright light situations: Arista 100 speed<br />

3- Low light situations: Arista 400 speed<br />

2) Arista Multi contrast RC paper, semi-gloss 8" x 10", 100 sheets, also- 1-2 sheets 16” x 20” paper.<br />

3) 6 negative sheets to protect negatives, (you will buy a binder and sheet protectors for negative and print storage).<br />

4) 1 compressed air (essential and seems to disappear from the lab.)<br />

You will also buy:<br />

2 pieces of foam core for Hockney project and large scale print<br />

Text: A Short Course in PHOTOGRAPHY, 5 th edition, by Barbara London and Jim Stone,<br />

available at the Bookstore (approximately $38.00 used)<br />

More paper, film, etc. as needed<br />

And I recommend having a towel in your locker to wipe your hands on while printing.


Assignment:________________________________________________<br />

Name:_____________________________________________________<br />

Formal Strength<br />

Formal Resolution<br />

Conceptual Strength<br />

Conceptual Resolution<br />

Unity or N/A<br />

Craft<br />

Freshness/Vitality<br />

Grade at Critique<br />

Comments<br />

Final Grade<br />

below average average above average excellent<br />

102<br />

102


Beginning Photography- AT 212<br />

Dana Freeman, x3426, 456-8816<br />

Photography Assignments<br />

Assignment #1: Photo collage after David Hockney<br />

In this assignment you will use commercially processed 35 mm color print film: Buy a roll of 36 exposures-<br />

Outdoor bright light- use 100 ASA Good light- 200 ASA<br />

Indoor with good light-400 ASA Low light- 800 or above ASA<br />

*Note: light sources other than daylight may distort the color of your prints<br />

Select an object or scene and photograph it in parts--break the scene up into approximately 24 gridded parts to be<br />

overlapped and shoot with a 36 exposure roll. (You will have 12 extra shots for bracketing, distortions or adding<br />

extra prints around the margins.) I suggest you do one roll right away and get it developed so you can evaluate<br />

whether you need to reshoot. For the critique, piece together your composition with tape or putty, just tacking it,<br />

until you know you’ve gotten it to work as a whole. After the critique, we will attach the whole composition with<br />

rubber cement to a sturdy piece of foamcore in class.<br />

NOTE:<br />

1. You can not cut your photographs, only overlap them!! Be sure to shoot objects going off the edge of the photo so<br />

they can be overlapped into each other!!<br />

2. You will have different light meter readings as you focus on different parts of the scene. It is up to you to<br />

determine what object is the priority, and to meter to its advantage, (remember the example of the grey stones in the<br />

white stone garden).<br />

3. Concentrate on a scene for its composition, color, content and experimental possibility- take some time to<br />

create an interesting piece- exaggerate, add motion, make a photo that can’t be taken!<br />

Assignment #2 Shooting From the Hip<br />

DO NOT LOOK THROUGH THE EYEPIECE!! This project relies on chance and serendipity. It’s a good first roll<br />

to develop because you can’t get too invested in the images, and it should only take you a couple of minutes to<br />

shoot. Choose a place where images will be 3-10 feet close (ie: not a landscape) a mall, in your apartment, or a<br />

crowded bus are good examples. Set your camera at a 3-10 foot focus, and an aperture with some depth of field, and<br />

shoot into situations freely, “from the hip”. You can experiment with swinging your camera or holding it somewhat<br />

still- both can yield interesting results- but don’t try to control the image, it should look “topsy-turvey”.<br />

NOTE:<br />

1. Shoot one roll, develop it and make a proof sheet so you can see if you have pictures you can use (it can be very<br />

abstract!) If necessary, go out and try it again.<br />

2. Stick with one location for the whole project and choose a focus, shutter speed and depth of field--there’s no right<br />

or wrong here!<br />

3. Don’t try to straighten or correct compositions in printing your photographs. I want them to look “From the Hip”.<br />

103<br />

Assignment #3 Exercises to get to Know Your Camera<br />

You will be making a proof sheet only for this assignment.<br />

1. Pick a scene and shoot it approximately every hour through a sunrise or sunset shooting @ 6 frames (to include<br />

complete darkness on one end or the other. Use a shutter speed you can hold still (ie: 1/125) for as long as possible<br />

by only increasing the size of your aperture. When you can’t open your aperture any wider, increase your shutter<br />

speed. When you can’t set a longer shutter speed, use the “B” setting (you’ll have to time the seconds yourself). In<br />

complete darkness, try 30-60 second exposures.<br />

2. Two photographs of a person with their back to the sun. First set your light meter setting for the general picture<br />

of your subject blocking the sun with his/her head at a setting that gives you the greatest depth of field while still<br />

allowing you to hold the camera still. Then fill your eyepiece with the face of the person, set the light meter for this<br />

reading (that gives you the greatest depth of field while still allowing you to hold the camera still), back-up to where<br />

you were and shoot without readjusting the light meter. Be sure to get close enough to your subject- about 4 feet is<br />

good. (A lamp indoors also works, but be sure the subject’s head blocks the light.)<br />

3. Shutter as controller of motion.<br />

Stop motion: In full daylight you should be able to shoot at a fast enough speed to stop motion, 125 or faster.<br />

103


104<br />

Panning: In shaded daylight, so you can shoot with a slower shutter speed of 1/15, ¼, follow an object in<br />

motion and match its speed, take the photo following through.<br />

Show motion: In shaded daylight, shoot pictures of one object in motion at shutter speeds of 1/30, 1/8, ½, and 2<br />

seconds, if you can. Remember to change your aperture too so the exposure remains the same (middle grey).<br />

Different depths of field: Pick 3 objects in good light and place them at different depths of 1, 2, and 3 feet in front of<br />

you. With objects at eye-level, focus on the middle object and shoot one picture with the smallest aperture for a<br />

wide depth of field, one with a middle aperture for a medium depth of field, and one with the largest aperture for the<br />

least depth of field.<br />

Assignment #4: Portrait<br />

As a class we’ll go to the slide room to introduce you to the equipment. You’ll also see videos of two portrait<br />

photographers, George Hurrell photographer of the Hollywood Stars, and Annie Liebowitz, Rolling Stone<br />

Photographer in the 60's, and of contemporary well-known people. Then you’ll make a one hour appointment with<br />

me to photograph a person of your choice. This is not a series.<br />

NOTE:<br />

1.Use light and pose, along with costumes and props, to create your portrait.<br />

2. We’ll be shooting against a formal black ground- so you can ask your model to wear something that 1) sets them<br />

off from the ground (lights), 2) subtly sets them off (grays), or 3) disappears into the ground (black).<br />

3. You can use my camera if you don’t have the attachment for the strobes on yours.<br />

Assignment #5: Double Exposure Series<br />

Isolate 2-3 objects to superimpose in your double exposures. Pick them for their interesting combination of shape<br />

and content. Load film and follow light meter to shoot a roll of different angles of one or two of the items. When<br />

the roll is finished, rewind film, stopping just before leader goes into canister, (if it goes in, don’t worry, you can use<br />

the leader puller or open canister in a completely dark room and pull leader out, then close canister in the camera<br />

before exiting-and be sure you cover any red windows to the back of your camera if you have them. You’ll need to<br />

take the double exposed film directly out of your camera in the dark to roll). Shoot roll again, this time of another<br />

object. You may print part of one frame and part of another next to it- experiment! Since this assignment relies on<br />

chance, allow yourself time to shoot at least two rolls.<br />

NOTE:<br />

1. If you are shooting in a very brightly lit situation for either of the two subjects, you may want to double the ASA<br />

(ie: 200 to 400, 400 to 800, etc.) to be sure the film isn’t overly exposed and unable to take another image. Develop<br />

film at original (undoubled) ASA.<br />

2. Shoot objects that are dark or against a dark background first, (black reads on the film as clear- unaffected by<br />

light- so the next image has room on the film to register). Keep in mind that you want the background to set-off the<br />

objects, not distract from or obliterate them, (ie: a wallpaper pattern might be a nice pattern on a simple object, but<br />

too much on an object with a lot of detail). You can shoot the first time in the lighting studio to guarantee results.<br />

3. Remember, you can crop the compositions to focus on areas that are most successful.<br />

16 x 20 Print<br />

This is not a project, just a chance for you to see one of the negatives you shot during class in large format. You<br />

need to make an 8" x 10" print of the image you want to use to be able to tell me the shutter speed, aperture & filter<br />

used. The print should take only minimal dodging and burning. If you want extra prints, the cost is $2 each.<br />

Assignment #6: Personal Project<br />

This equals two grades. It can be an extension of one of the assignments you’ve already done in class-- but<br />

somehow more challenging. . You will meet with me to structure how you go about your project, and we’ll decide,<br />

based on your particular project, how many prints you’ll turn in. It will be the equivalent of 12 straight prints worth<br />

of work.<br />

104


This course AT 212 Photography I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes<br />

2.2.3 techniques.<br />

2.2.5 social functions.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />

artwork of others.<br />

105<br />

105


<strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Art Department<br />

Mission Statement of the Art Department<br />

We are dedicated to the preparation of students for the roles of artists, art historians, visual arts administrators and art<br />

teachers, and we build in non-art majors an appreciation for the value of creative problem solving and the rich<br />

interchange of images and ideas that happen between art and other areas of life.<br />

Course Syllabus and Calendar<br />

AT 213-18 Intermediate/Advanced Photography<br />

Fall Semester 2004<br />

I. Identifying Information:<br />

Location and Times: AMC room 212, DSP Saturdays 1:30 – 5:00<br />

Instructor: Dana Freeman<br />

Home Number: 616-456-8816<br />

Work Number: 616-632-2408<br />

E-mail Address: freemdan@aquinas.edu<br />

Office Hours: MTThF 11:00-12:30, 3:05-4:05, W 12-2 and by appointment<br />

II. Textbook/Video:<br />

The Practical Zone System, Johnson (optional), available at the Bookstore<br />

106<br />

III. Course Description:<br />

Our goal in Intermediate and Advanced Photography is to widen your vocabulary of photographic<br />

skills, learn about the history of photography as a fine art form, and continue to express your own ideas<br />

through the medium of photography.<br />

Goals:<br />

1. Understand the phenomenon of photography in the context of the art world.<br />

2. Gain the ability to create strong compositions and well executed photographs.<br />

3. Develop your own conceptual ideas and locate your work on the spectrum of photographic<br />

philosophies.<br />

4. <strong>Complete</strong> all assignments.<br />

Objectives:<br />

By the end of the course a successful student will be able to:<br />

2. Identify their work in the context of the art world and art history, and on the spectrum of traditional<br />

through postmodern aesthetics.<br />

2. Execute work with strong compositional/formal qualities.<br />

3. Create a portfolio of visually and conceptually interesting, and high quality, photographs that<br />

reflects their emerging voice.<br />

4. Recognize and guide their creative process.<br />

IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />

Learner outcomes are found above under course objectives; these are what the outcomes should be for<br />

the student who is successful in this course. I base my standards (of the industry) on my experience as<br />

a guest critic at other colleges, the standards set by my professors in graduate school for classes I<br />

taught a teacher’s assistant, and my active survey of contemporary art through membership in the<br />

<strong>College</strong> Art Association, reading of arts journals and going to exhibitions.<br />

V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />

We will meet five Saturdays during the semester, for all level (AT 213-18) critiques of assignments<br />

and lectures for AT 213 about the postmodern aesthetic, zone system, and the taboo of photography. I<br />

expect you to make at least one appointment with me between classes to review work-in- progress.<br />

In this class I will challenge you with three approaches:<br />

1. Readings and slide lectures.<br />

106


107<br />

2. Technical information and demonstrations<br />

3. Concept development: thinking about your ongoing work.<br />

You will submit a final portfolio of work:<br />

THE PORTFOLIO-<br />

DUE TO THE HALL OUTSIDE MY OFFIC BY 5PM, December 15.<br />

(Call Campus Safety x3754 to be let in after building hours to drop-off your portfolios.)<br />

A three-ring binder with your name and phone number and clear plastic sheets for photographs-<br />

A three-ring binder with your name and phone number and clear plastic sheets for photographs-<br />

To include:<br />

>Proof sheet (and photo log for Exercises to Get to Know Your Camera) for each role of film,<br />

followed by prints for that assignment, and grade sheet! (please MAKE IT VERY CLEAR if<br />

you’ve redone prints, especially if you’ve worked on an assignment since the critique and it<br />

hasn’t been re-graded). (Hockney , 16" x 20" and mats should be the only items not included)<br />

>Passing paper & paper outline from class field trip<br />

>Documentation and paragraph describing a visual art exhibit you’ve attended and YOUR<br />

PERSONAL RESPONSE (class field trip does not count)<br />

>Paragraph (with source) on 2 photographers you discovered on your own (I did not present in<br />

class) describing their work and YOUR PERSONAL RESPONSE (Internet sites o.k.)<br />

>Extra credit work (you may want to talk to me about the need for your particular situation)<br />

Please make arrangements with me if you need your portfolio back by a certain date. You can<br />

put a note on the outside of your portfolio and I’ll try to accommodate you. Call Campus Safety<br />

x3754 if you need to be let in after building hours to pick-up your portfolios.<br />

VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />

ATTENDANCE:<br />

Departmental policy states that 1 absence can affect your grade and 3 absences will result in a failing grade<br />

for the course. There will be a break in each class, sometimes structured, others up to you.<br />

GRADING: I will evaluate your progress with each project and you will receive an evaluation and grade,<br />

(see evaluation sheet). You are welcome to ask about your grade any time.<br />

When evaluating your final grade, I will consider the following:<br />

1) Attendance- SEE POLICY<br />

In addition to meeting the departmental requirements outlined above, you are expected to be on time for<br />

class at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement, drop this class as soon as<br />

possible. You are expected to be present at the beginning of each class for role call and announcements.<br />

The process of photography requires, at times, that you work outside the classroom during class time, but I<br />

want you to plan to have in-lab work to accomplish most workdays. This allows for feedback from me as<br />

you are working, and class interaction.<br />

2) Effort & Initiative- 10%<br />

You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />

commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential. Focus and persistence are required<br />

to make successful photographs and I expect hard work throughout the semester. (Remember, it will be to<br />

your advantage to deal with assignments prior to the last day before critiques when the darkroom will be a<br />

zoo! Give yourself time for unanticipated problems and plenty of time to clean up thoroughly! ) I also<br />

expect you to thoughtfully contribute to class critiques of both your work and that of your peers.<br />

3) Acquisition of Skills- 75%<br />

This is reflected in your grade for each project. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery of materials,<br />

techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in your on-going<br />

work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />

4) Reworking- 10%<br />

You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify an image as it develops. The<br />

commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential.<br />

107


108<br />

5) Final Presentation- 5%<br />

A neat and appropriate presentation for your work is important. I do not expect you to frame projects, but<br />

borders should be carefully trimmed and even, and photographs should be kept and presented in good<br />

condition.<br />

VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />

Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />

her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />

dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />

Your names will be on file at Campus Safety- x3754- to be let into the building, darkrooms and<br />

lighting studio after hours. I recommend you sign-up for a locker downstairs in the Art & Music<br />

Center Office with Diana ($2) during business hours.<br />

VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />

8/28: Orientation/order supplies/discuss class goals<br />

AT213: Technical Lecture: The Zone System<br />

Intro to Assignment #1: Negative Collage (due 9/18, 2 collages, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />

Read for 9/18: “Photography After Art Photography”, Abigail Solomon Godeau<br />

Pre-Intro to Assignment #4: Final Project (worth 2 grades- get started now!)<br />

9/13: OPTIONAL, BUT ENCOURAGED: DEPARTMENTAL TRIP TO CHICAGO<br />

Highlight: Seurat and the Making of La Grande Jatte (see info)<br />

9/18:<br />

AT213: Critique: Negative Collages<br />

Discuss Reading: “Photography after Art Photography”, Abigail Solomon Godeau<br />

Read and Discuss Reading: “From Work to Text”, Roland Barthes<br />

Paper: (Due: 10/9), Write a 3-5 page paper about the “on-going text” of your work (refer to<br />

Barthes- method, genre, signs, plurality, filiation, reading, and pleasure) citing personal influences<br />

(ie: artists or non-artists, experiences, observations, ideas), and cultural influences. Also describe<br />

where you see your work now, how you see it progressing in this class, & in the future.<br />

Intro Assignment #2: Media Magazine Negatives (due 10/9, 4 images, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />

AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #1<br />

AT215: Critique: Response to Poetic Text<br />

AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />

10/9:<br />

AT213: Critique: Media Magazine Negatives<br />

Intro to Assignment #3: Self-Portrait (due 10/30, 6 self-portraits, worth 1/6 of your grade)<br />

Slide Lecture: “The Taboo of Real Life”<br />

AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #2<br />

AT215: Critique: Sculpture you Create<br />

AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />

10/30:<br />

AT213: Critique: Self-Portrait<br />

Discuss Assignment #4: Final Projects (due 11/20, equivalent of 12 prints, worth 2 grades)<br />

AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #3<br />

AT215: Critique: Large Scale Prints<br />

AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />

11/20:<br />

AT213: Critique: Final Project<br />

AT214: Critique: Emulation of a Photographer #4<br />

108


AT215: Critique: Narrative Series<br />

AT216-18: Critique: Self-Directed Project<br />

Portfolio due Wednesday, 12/15, 5pm (or sooner) in hallway outside Dana Freeman’s office door.<br />

Grade Sheet Assignment:____________________________<br />

Formal Strength<br />

Formal Resolution<br />

Conceptual Strength<br />

Conceptual Resolution<br />

Unity or N/A<br />

Craft<br />

Freshness/Vitality<br />

Grade at Critique<br />

Comments<br />

Final Grade<br />

Name:_____________________________________________________<br />

below average average above average excellent<br />

This course AT 213-218 Advanced Photography, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes<br />

2.2.3 techniques.<br />

2.2.5 social functions<br />

2.2.6. communicative qualities.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />

2.3.8 Gender Studies<br />

2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />

artwork of others.<br />

109<br />

109


AT 230, New Forms<br />

Art Department<br />

Dana Freeman<br />

Course Description:<br />

This course explores a concept-driven process of making art. Students will first gather images and research<br />

ideas through reading, videos of specific artists’ work, visiting contemporary art centers, taking photographs and<br />

video, and journal writing/sketching. They will then find an appropriate approach to develop, test and further define<br />

ideas and the form they might take. Finally, students will move to media inspired by, and specifically selected for,<br />

their project(s) to make fully realized works of art.<br />

Though our department is committed to traditional foundations training, as a liberal arts college we are also<br />

committed to preparing students to participate in the contemporary dialogue in the arts. For this, an understanding<br />

of postmodern ways of working and experiencing art is essential. The New Forms class would be the only studio<br />

course we offer (beyond a smattering in advanced photography) designed to expose art students to non-traditional<br />

approaches to art. It will compliment our art history offering, Contemporary Art, which includes some exposure to<br />

postmodern thinking. As with our other studio courses, it would be offered on several levels simultaneously, giving<br />

some students the opportunity to continue working in that manner toward a B.F.A. degree.<br />

Goals and Objectives:<br />

Understand and use a postmodern sensibility for gathering ideas and images, (a sensibility recognizing no hierarchy<br />

of ideas, thus, the ability to draw on any reference and combine ideas and images eclectically).<br />

Understand the historical context of postmodernism (ie: 1960’s political issues such as gender and racial equality,<br />

and global conflict) and its goal of transforming the institution of art through self criticism<br />

Demonstrate the ability to use video taping and editing equipment.<br />

Demonstrate the ability to explore and gather ideas and images from the Internet and contemporary art sources.<br />

Demonstrate effective drawing skills.<br />

Demonstrate the ability to effectively master a new medium for the needs of the final project.<br />

Effectively communicate an idea through visual imagery.<br />

Academic Skills:<br />

Creative Problem Solving<br />

Critical Thinking<br />

Technological Efficiencies<br />

Attendance:<br />

Departmental policy states that missing 3 classes would result in a failing grade for the course.<br />

Grading:<br />

1) Attendance- (see dept. policy)<br />

In addition to meeting the departmental requirements you are expected to be on time for scheduled<br />

meetings at the Art & Music Center, room 212. If you cannot meet this requirement you should drop this<br />

class as soon as possible.<br />

2) Skill Level-<br />

Because this is an advanced course, I expect you to have some art-making experience, but you will all<br />

begin with different levels of skill and I will consider this in your grade.<br />

3) Effort & Initiative- 10%<br />

Focus and persistence are required to make successful artwork. I expect hard work throughout the<br />

semester. You must be very self-motivated and disciplined to get your projects done outside class time.<br />

4) Acquisition of Skills- 70%<br />

Your assignment grades make up the major part of your grade. Your efforts should demonstrate a mastery<br />

of materials, techniques, design/compositional and conceptual issues so they may be tools to draw on in<br />

your on-going work. You may need to put in extra time compared to your peers to ensure a passing grade.<br />

You will receive an evaluation form for each assignment, after a group critique (see attached evaluation<br />

sheet).<br />

110<br />

110


111<br />

5) Reworking- 20%<br />

You must demonstrate the ability to continually rework and modify ideas and artworks as they develop.<br />

The commitment to experimenting, until you reach your vision, is essential<br />

This course AT 230 New Genre Studio, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

2.1.1 traditional studio approaches.<br />

2.1.2 contemporary studio approaches<br />

2.2.1 Creative processes<br />

2.2.3 techniques.<br />

2.2.5 social functions<br />

2.2.6. communicative qualities.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />

2.3.8 Gender Studies<br />

2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.2 share these views in written and oral forms<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of students’ own artwork and the<br />

artwork of others.<br />

111


Sharon Sandberg<br />

PAINTING 1<br />

AT 311<br />

Fall, 2002<br />

Syllabus<br />

Catalog Description: AT 311 Painting 1 (3) AST<br />

Course Content:<br />

112<br />

112<br />

Beginning course in oil and alkyd painting. Introduction to basic tools and techniques including direct and<br />

indirect painting methods. Prerequisites: AT 130, 140, or instrustor approval.<br />

Policies and Procedures:<br />

Attendance:<br />

Grading:<br />

There will be 7 or more projects assigned over the course of the semester. The schedule for these<br />

projects is attached to this syllabus.<br />

These works will also acquaint you with various skills having to do with painting: composition<br />

palette, use of mediums, stretching canvas, varnishing, framing, ect.<br />

Departmental Policy states: “absence in excess of 5 result in an automatic no credit.”<br />

Further, more than 3 absences will result in a lower grade. Discussions, examples, and directions<br />

are frequently presented during the first 15 minutes of each class. The instructor reserves the right<br />

to consider absent anyone who is more than 15 minutes late.<br />

Grading is based not solely on how hard you work or your degree of painting skills but on<br />

apparent understanding of those things that each specific project was designed to teach.<br />

Over the years I have devised a “number system.” Very roughly, the system rates the the early<br />

assignments as lighter weight than “mid-term” or later projects. It is assumed that as time passes<br />

the student absorbs more information to apply to his or her current work. For instance, the early<br />

projects are worth perhaps 10 pts. While the Self-portrait may be worth 20 pts…., and the final<br />

project…40 pts.<br />

At mid-term we will be meeting individually to discuss your progress.<br />

Project scores are added up at the end of the semester and students are assigned a letter grade<br />

based upon the accumulated score.<br />

Safety<br />

I will cover matters of safety during the class and I will, on occasion, remind you at some<br />

of the dangers involved with the use of art materials. You, yourselves, however are the legally<br />

responsible party in this matter.


113<br />

Pregnant women are reminded that the use of oil paints and the associated solvents are to be<br />

avoided.<br />

Sharon Sandberg<br />

Beginning Painting, AT 311<br />

Schedule of Projects: *<br />

MONDAY THURSDAY<br />

Proj. #1: STILL –LIFE; BLACK, WHITE &GRAY COMPOSITION<br />

2 nd Week Labor Day Work on Proj. #1 – quick critique<br />

3 rd Week Work on Proj. #1 (Finish outside of class) Work on Proj. #2 Still-life;<br />

MONOCHROME Bring umber toned canvas to<br />

class. Be ready to start off with black, white and<br />

umber paint<br />

4 th Week Work on Proj. #2 Finish Proj. #2<br />

Critique Introduce Proj. #3 STILL LIFE,<br />

Sandberg Slides WARM AND COOL.<br />

(or complementary colors)<br />

5 th Week STILL LIFE, WARM AND COOL. Possible Field Trip<br />

Bring simple still life objects to class as well or Artist’s Talk<br />

as a range of paint colors for this project. Or Movie (could be 7 th week or anytime<br />

thereafter).<br />

6 th Week STILL LIFE; WARM/COOL STILL LIFE; WARM/COOL<br />

7 th Week Finish STILL-LIFE; WARM/COOL SLIDE LECTURE: THE STILL LIFE<br />

Critique Introduce and begin work on Proj. #4<br />

COMPLEX STILL LIFE. Bring objects to class<br />

for individual “set-up.” Must have full palette of<br />

paints.<br />

8 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />

Mid-term individual conferences Mid-term Individual comferences<br />

OCTOBER BREAK<br />

9 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />

Critique<br />

10 th Week Work on COMPLEX STILL LIFE Finish COMPLEX STILL LIFE<br />

Canvas stretching Demo.<br />

11 th Week Canvas preparation (Mirror set-up, lighting and beginning<br />

Intro Proj. #5, SELF PORTRAIT of drawing for SELF PORTRAIT).<br />

Slide Lecture: “The Self-Portrait”<br />

12 th Week Begin painting on SELF PORTRAIT Work on SELF PORTRAIT<br />

Must have palette of paints May need an additional sable brush for<br />

this project.<br />

13 th Week Work on SELF PORTRAIT Continue to work on SELF PORTRAIT<br />

(Short varnishing demonstration.)<br />

14<br />

113<br />

th Week Continue to work on SELF PORTRAIT Finish SELF PORTRAI<br />

Crit.


15 th Week Final “FREE” Assignment Final “FREE” Assignment<br />

Completion of semester projects Completion of semester projects<br />

Individual conferences<br />

16 th Week EXAM WEEK. Conferences, clean-up<br />

and arrangement of work for graduating.<br />

Reg. Tubes Cadmium Red (med. Or dark)<br />

Alizarin Crimson<br />

Cadmium Yellow (light)<br />

Cadmium Orange<br />

Ultramarine Blue<br />

Permanent Green (light)<br />

Permanent Green (dark) or Viridian<br />

Burnt Sienna<br />

Raw Umber<br />

Pthalo Green or Blue (optional)<br />

114<br />

114<br />

* This schedule is an approximate projection and is subject to change and/or rearrangement based upon needs of<br />

the class, as determined by the instructor.<br />

GRADING CRITERIA<br />

PAINTING I<br />

1. Attendance.<br />

2. Development of work ethic.<br />

3. Understanding and meeting objectives of projects.<br />

4. Completion of paintings.<br />

5. Quality of paint handling.<br />

6. Ability to show volume and form with paint (drawing skills).<br />

7. Composition and design.<br />

8. General class participation.<br />

Lg. Tube Titanium White<br />

Materials List<br />

OIL PAINTS: *


Black (Ivory or Lamp)<br />

* Note: Colors with the word “hue” at the end are not a good substitute for any<br />

of the above.<br />

OTHER SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS<br />

Gesso<br />

Silicoil Tank<br />

And<br />

Bottle of Silicoil Solution<br />

Turpentine Substitute: “Permtine,” “Grumtine,” “Turpenoid,” ect.<br />

Palette Cup (tin, clip-on type)<br />

Box Kleenex (white)<br />

2.5 oz. Bottle Damar Varnish<br />

“ “ Linseed Oil<br />

“ “ Retouch Varnish<br />

Palette Knife, (“crooked” type)<br />

Bristle Brushes:<br />

1 #2 2 #4’s 1 #6 (or sables, if they are your preference)<br />

Plastic gloves as a chemical barrier while painting (optional).<br />

Closeable jar with top for dirty turps.<br />

PAINTING SURFACES:<br />

Bring one of these on the 2 nd day of class. Something 18” x 24” or a little larger is a good<br />

starting size. “Canvo-Board,” Fredrix pre-stretched canvas and/or hand-stretched canvases are all<br />

acceptable. Un-tempered Masonite panels are also fine and can be pre-cut to size at any lumber<br />

yard.<br />

REFERENCE TEXTS: (Optional)<br />

The Artist’s Handbook, both by Ralph Mayer, Viking Press.<br />

The Painter’s Handbook, by Mark D. Gottsehgan<br />

This course, AT 311 Painting I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers,<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.1 creative processes.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge.<br />

115<br />

115


AT 321, Sculpture I Ron Pederson<br />

Introduction<br />

The central experience for Sculpture I will be to produce a life-sized study of the human head and shoulders,<br />

working from a life model in terra cotta clay that will be fired. This first sculpture project is in keeping with the<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Art Department’s instructional emphasis on building students’ ability to draw and sculpt the human form,<br />

and will thus complement activities in other studio art classes. Subsequent sculptures (there will be a total of four<br />

completed for the semester) will also be in clay, but will be defined by you in consultation with me. The possible<br />

subject-matter range might extend from more figureheads to figure groupings to abstract to nonobjective sculpture. I<br />

will give two or three slide presentations in addition to showing a “how to” video, all intended to generate ideas on<br />

possibilities for your last three sculptures. Safe handling of materials and tools will be emphasized.<br />

The aesthetic underpinning of all instruction will be formal, that is to say, focused upon clear, well-defined form<br />

that is interesting, observed relatively accurately (at least for the initial sculpture), composed into a coherent whole,<br />

well-crafted structurally, finished with a patina that is applied in a craftsmanlike way and brings out the form and<br />

texture. Beyond that, there is the difficult-to-teach goal of encouraging a liveliness of spirit that separates the best<br />

art from the merely competently-designed art. Many material, tools and techniques will be introduced this<br />

semester. Safe and appropriate use of all studio materials and tools will be covered in this course. The following<br />

sample of the grading form that will be used, summarizes the areas of formal concern listed above.<br />

AT 321 (Sculpture) grading form<br />

Name: Description of sculpture:<br />

Wholeness/ unity<br />

(flow/compatibility of forms)<br />

Form clarity and definition<br />

(beware “mashed potato” form)<br />

Interest, variety<br />

(form, action)<br />

<strong>Complete</strong>ness, craftsmanship,<br />

structure.<br />

Finish: Color and form compatibility,<br />

craftsmanlike application.<br />

project grade ________ Instructor comments:<br />

inadequate<br />

116<br />

average<br />

good<br />

excellent<br />

116


117<br />

Money and tools<br />

I’ll provide the clay and the kilns for firing. You’ll perhaps want to buy your own set of clay tools, or make your<br />

own from materials available in the studio. Though I’ll provide some paints and shoe polish for your use in<br />

applying a patina, you’ll perhaps spend a bit of money on a special color unavailable in the studio. But costs will be<br />

minimal, and there is no textbook requirement.<br />

Requirements<br />

1. Make at least four clay sculptures. If you find that you tend to work in minuscule size, I reserve the right to<br />

increase that number. If you take on an unusually large sculpture, the number may be reduced(in consultation with<br />

me).<br />

2. Engage yourself in the work and the thought of the class. On-time attendance on announced critique days is<br />

especially important.<br />

3. Participate in the maintenance of the studio, both out of consideration for your fellows, and out of the need to<br />

preserve a safe working environment.<br />

4. Attend class. Art department policy will be followed in this regard: three misses or their equivalent in class<br />

time are allowed without a grading penalty. Four to six misses will involve corresponding step reductions in grade<br />

(A to A-, etc.). More than six misses will result in a grade of NC — no exceptions. Please do not use headphones<br />

in class. “Attending” implies attentiveness, and you will often be benefited by overhearing instruction or other<br />

conversation in the studio.<br />

Grading: Your final semester grade will ideally reflect what you have learned. Therefore my goal at the outset is<br />

for each class member to earn a grade of “A.” Over the years, the old adage “you get out of it what you put into it”<br />

has held true of both what is learned and the grade received. Your success will be a function of the time, effort, and<br />

attentiveness you give.<br />

25% of your grade will be determined by the grade of your first sculpture (formal grading criteria). 65% of your<br />

grade will be determined by the average grade of your subsequent three sculptures. 10% of your grade will be<br />

determined by my assessment of more subjective things such as involvement, improvement, and general<br />

contribution to the collective effort.<br />

First day activities: Studio orientation (primarily regarding clay processing), tool-making,<br />

bin claiming/labeling, and possible purchase of clay tools at bookstore.<br />

This course AT 321 Sculpture I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.2 organizational structures<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.6.3 opportunities to examine and reflect on emotional responses to the meaning and nature of<br />

students’ own artwork and the artwork of others.<br />

117


AT331 and AT332 Ceramics Madeline Kaczmarczyk- Instructor<br />

Fall 2002 (616)-866-1950-best number to reach me<br />

AQ Ext. # 3456 e-mail: madclaypots@yahoo.com<br />

Web site: rosies@rosiesdiner.com click on “Madelines’ teapots<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

This course features the study of ceramics as an art form, featuring wheel thrown and hand-built vessels. Many<br />

materials, tools and techniques will be introduced this semester. Safe and appropriate use of all studio materials and<br />

tools will be covered in this course. No prior experience in art is assumed. Instruction will focus on:<br />

1. 2-d design (shape and color interaction, glaze experimentation) as it relates to vessel decoration.<br />

2. 3-d design (form and structure)<br />

3. Basic technical skills needed to work successfully with clay.<br />

4. Basic ceramic studio procedures.<br />

5. Critiques (evaluation and discussion of your own and your classmate’s artwork.)<br />

6. Safety issues related to clay dust, glaze chemistry, use of wheels and use of kilns.<br />

REQUIREMENTS<br />

1- Consistent and ON-TIME attendance.<br />

2- On time completion of the assigned projects .<br />

3- Three hours per week outside of class spent on class projects.<br />

4- Readings as assigned in the text, with the possibility of additional outside reading assignments. Text purchase is<br />

optional, but highly encouraged.<br />

5- A short paper on 20 th century ceramists with in class presentation.<br />

6- Keeping a notebook, including informal reactions to assigned readings, notes on glaze experiments,<br />

sketches for ideas for vessels, thoughts and questions, as well as notes from class demos.<br />

7- Cleaning work area after each session, help with clay preparation and kiln loading.<br />

The fees you have paid covers up to 100 pounds of clay, underglazes, and clear shiney glaze.<br />

Some tools are available in the studio, but you will need to purchase your own set of clay tools<br />

for $12 at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> bookstore or for slightly less from Service Reproduction Company. We<br />

will be ordering glazes later in the term, which may cost $30.00-$40.00. If you team up with<br />

another person (each buying three jars of glaze for a total of six different colors), a large variety<br />

will be available to you.<br />

Missing more than three classes will cause your grade to be reduced by one grade. Missing more than five classes<br />

will result in a NO CREDIT for the course. Three late classes count as one full absence. Special situations must be<br />

discussed in advance and may not always be excused. If you miss class it is your responsibility to find out the<br />

information from me.<br />

BEGINNING STUDENTS<br />

Two thirds of your grade will be on your body of work based on class assignments. One sixth will be based on your<br />

notebook. One sixth will be based on your involvement in class demonstrated by attendance, effort, participation in<br />

class discussions, critiques, and on personal improvement).<br />

118<br />

118


ADVANCED STUDENTS<br />

Your final grade will be based on your ten best-glazed pieces, as well as your notebook, participation in class<br />

discussion, effort, critiques, and improvement. Your ten best pieces must have good craftsmanship and be glazed. If<br />

you are on independent study it is up to you to schedule meetings with me, obtain assignments and critiques. As an<br />

advanced student you will have a greater part in the running of the studio, which includes glaze making, kiln<br />

loading, clay pugging and studio clean up. I expect your work to be of a higher caliber as well.<br />

The studio is equipped with a modest selection of clay working tools, but it is required that you purchase your own<br />

set of tools from the bookstore. Two good brushes (watercolor are nice for glazing) are also recommended. The<br />

required textbook is available at the bookstore and demonstrates both technique and a historical overview of clay.<br />

.<br />

STUDIO PROCEDURES<br />

The underlying rule of the studio is consideration for others. Clean up after yourself (workspace and equipment)<br />

avoid plaster pollution in the clay studio, avoid noise pollution, (radio is ok- please limit to WYCE, NPR, classical<br />

or “oldies” during class time) no smoking in the studio, and process your work promptly to promote a smooth and<br />

timely firing schedule. Pick up completed work when fired.<br />

Generally the first hour of each class period will be reserved for whatever presentation or critique is scheduled for<br />

that day. If I have not finished setting up or there is no presentation, start work on your pieces. You should always<br />

have some work in progress, if not, start!<br />

In closing look forward to having a great time with a wonderful medium.<br />

Ceramics 1-7 Fall 2002 <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Madeline Kaczmarczyk-Instructor<br />

Calendar (always subject to change)<br />

August 27-<br />

Ceramics 1-Intro to class and studio.<br />

Advanced-Warm up assignment- Throwing or hand building a set: mugs or bowls.<br />

(Let me know if you need a review)<br />

August 30<br />

Ceramics 1-shelf assignments, pugging clay, Pinch Pot assignment.<br />

Advanced-continue<br />

September 3<br />

Ceramics 1- continue<br />

Advanced-2:00-casual critique<br />

September 6<br />

Ceramics 1- coil demo<br />

Advanced- slab and coil on wheel demo<br />

September 10<br />

Ceramics 1- cont. coil<br />

Advanced- cont. assignment<br />

September 13-<br />

119<br />

119


Whole class critique: 2:00pm.<br />

Sept. 17<br />

Whole class glaze demo and assignment.<br />

Sept. 20<br />

Ceramics 1-Slab pot demo using underglaze<br />

Advanced-Personal choice piece using underglaze in construction.<br />

Sept. 24<br />

Whole class cont. assignment<br />

Sept 27<br />

Ceramics 1-Second slab piece<br />

Advanced-Pitchers, Pouring, Spouts<br />

October 1<br />

Ceramics 1-Finish assignments, critique or grading<br />

Advanced-continue<br />

Oct. 4<br />

Ceramics 1-Start wheel demo<br />

Advanced-cont.<br />

Oct. 8-<br />

Trip to Meijer Gardens for Picasso Ceramics Show for all students<br />

Oct.11-<br />

Picasso Assignment all levels, all media<br />

Oct. 15-<br />

All levels, work on Picasso assignment<br />

Oct 18-<br />

Picasso assignment finished by end of class<br />

Midterm individual critiques<br />

Studio clean up<br />

Research Paper explained<br />

Oct. 22 and 25-<br />

Midterm Break<br />

Oct.29-<br />

Slide Show<br />

“Getting a Handle On It”-new assignment<br />

Nov. 1<br />

Kiln loading demo and lecture<br />

Nov. 5<br />

Assignment whole class critique<br />

Glaze Demo<br />

Advanced- Glaze bisque work<br />

Nov. 8-<br />

120<br />

120


Continue glazing<br />

Ceramics 1- “Criss/Cross” assignment<br />

Advanced- Piece in style of researched Master Potter<br />

Nov. 12-<br />

Continue assignments<br />

Nov. 15-<br />

Continue assignments<br />

Nov. 19<br />

Oral presentations<br />

Nov. 22<br />

Critiques or grades on assignments<br />

Nov. 26<br />

FREE DAY! Work on piece of your choice<br />

Nov. 29-<br />

No class- Happy Thanksgiving.<br />

Dec.3-<br />

Cut off for greenware<br />

Dec. 6-<br />

Glaze<br />

Kiln loading<br />

Dec. 10-<br />

Glaze or possible whole class sculpture piece<br />

Dec. 13-<br />

Last day of class<br />

Possible critiques<br />

Glaze and kiln loading<br />

Dec. 16-19<br />

Final grades: individual critiques of glazed pieces (no bisque) and glaze notebooks.<br />

Merry Christmas! Have a good break.<br />

This course AT 331 Ceramics I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.3 techniques<br />

121<br />

121


AT 341 through 442 Steve Schousen<br />

Printmaking AMC 134<br />

Fall 2002 ext. 3427 (H) 454-2729<br />

Mon. Th. 6:30 – 9:20<br />

Course Description<br />

This is a course in black and white relief printmaking, intaglio printmaking and lithography. At the end of the<br />

semester you are expected to turn in a portfolio of six prints including two intaglio prints and two relief prints. You<br />

will also have the option of working with lithography. Working with three media in one semester is fairly<br />

ambitious. I require excellent attendance, consistent effort, and a fair amount of organization on your part.<br />

122<br />

122<br />

Impediments to a successful semester involving this many media and materials include organization and clean up.<br />

We have a very small space in which to work, we have a large class and we have lots of different materials out<br />

everyday. If this is going to work everyone needs to clean up his or her own mess everyday. Another thing which<br />

comes to mind as I outline a semester as varied as this is the need for each person to write down instructions for each<br />

process in their own words. As an example, we have four different solvents, three different acids and two different<br />

presses in the studio. Each has unique characteristics, applications and safety concerns. If you are going to<br />

participate this semester you must be knowledgeable about each material, tool and procedure in the studio. So… in<br />

addition to the art you will create this semester I also want you to keep a notebook describing procedures, materials<br />

and tools we will use.<br />

Time in the studio. In order to excel or to even do an adequate job this semester you must spent a lot of time in the<br />

studio. Trial and error, experimentation and working with unfamiliar media in an unusual setting requires long<br />

blocks of time, and many of them. In-class time is mandatory and necessary but also plan to spend six hours in the<br />

studio each week in addition to the scheduled class time.<br />

While we don’t have a required text, four books are on reserve in the library. Each contains information on<br />

printmaking and you should familiarize yourself with them as the semester progresses. Required reading is listed<br />

below.<br />

Description of Media<br />

Woodcut<br />

Everyone has done some sort of relief printmaking: potato prints, linoleum cuts, or some other type of simple relief<br />

prints. In this unit we will work with plywood and basswood using the same basic technique common to all relief<br />

prints: start with a flat surface (the wood), cut away the white, roll ink on the raised surface and print. It’s that<br />

simple but within that simplicity lies great creative potential. Woodcut is an excellent medium in which to explore<br />

tone, texture and pattern.<br />

Lithography<br />

This is the difficult one. In order to learn this demanding medium we will have to work in-groups of two. I will<br />

introduce this medium around midterm to pairs if interested students. At that time I will go through a series of<br />

demonstrations and lectures which will explain “The Process”. I will then set up a calendar of printing sessions,<br />

which will enable me to process and print with you individually. I think that this will take two three or four-hour<br />

sessions with each pair of students.<br />

Intaglio<br />

Intaglio printmaking involves printing the recesses of a smooth surface. One can think of intaglio as the opposite of<br />

relief. Both media involves starting with a smooth, flat surface and removing material to create depressions or<br />

texture. In relief the raised area is printed while in intaglio it is the lower areas of the texture or scratches that are


123<br />

printed. The tools, materials and process are completely different and in intaglio the slightest scratch prints as a<br />

gray or black. Many more details will follow.<br />

Course Outline<br />

The semester outline is constructed around media and technique and I feel that this is a good way to expose you to<br />

some of the possibilities unique to printmaking. The quality of your final images however have more to do with<br />

your ideas and your ability to explore the process. So you really have two jobs this semester: learn all of the<br />

technical things and develop your visual ideas. Students generally find the second task most difficult. Towards that<br />

end we will have many in-process critiques which hopefully will answer your questions concerning technique, and<br />

help you develop and clarify your ideas. In my experience, the more drawing you do in preparation for the final<br />

print, the better the final image will be. I suggest that you find some idea, thing or theme you find compelling and<br />

start exploring it with pencil and paper. If you get in the habit of responding visually to your ideas, your prints will<br />

naturally develop as you learn process and technique.<br />

A general outline for each section follows and more details will be filled in as the semester progresses.<br />

I. Intaglio<br />

-value scales in copper<br />

-scribble image<br />

II. Softground Etching<br />

-self-portrait<br />

III. Woodcut<br />

-self-portrait<br />

IV. Line Etching<br />

V. Woodcut<br />

VI. Aquatint<br />

Notes on Semester Outline:<br />

-You have a minimum of six prints due this semester.<br />

AT 341 Printmaking I<br />

-If we don’t count the first unit, which really just introduces materials and equipment, I have listed only five<br />

required prints. The sixth print is up to you.<br />

-I will introduce lithography to anyone who wants to experience it after we have started etching and woodcut. If you<br />

want to work with lithography plan on putting in about two weeks of work. I will introduce litho to two people at a<br />

time. Lithography is a demanding media and you can’t jump in half way through the unit. If you want to<br />

experience it you need to sign on for the entire two weeks.<br />

-You are welcome to work on more than the assigned prints. After you have finished the first intaglio and<br />

123


Goals<br />

1. To develop an increased sensitivity to shape, tone and form<br />

2. To develop an increased understanding of your imagery and ideas<br />

3. To develop an understanding of the tools, materials and equipment unique to printmaking<br />

4. To develop a sense of craftsmanship<br />

5. To develop an awareness of printmaking’s role in art history<br />

Each print will be evaluated using the following criteria:<br />

1. <strong>Visual</strong> interest<br />

2. Conceptual interest<br />

3. Craftsmanship<br />

4. Composition<br />

Evaluation<br />

Students will be evaluated at the end of the semester using the following criteria:<br />

1. Attendance<br />

2. Creative experimentation and production<br />

3. Meaningful participation in critiques<br />

4. Craftsmanship and cooperation in studio maintenance<br />

5. Mastery of techniques and processes<br />

6. Aesthetic quality of images<br />

Attendance<br />

Departmental policy states: absences in excess of three will result in a lower grade and absences in excess of five<br />

will result in an automatic “no-credit”. Because of the technical nature of the course attendance in class is<br />

important. Do not arrive late to this class. We will cover a lot of complicated and confusing processes this<br />

semester. Discussions, demonstrations, critiques and lectures are frequently covered in the beginning of each class<br />

and arriving late is confusing for you and me and disruptive for your colleagues.<br />

Reading<br />

Printmaking: History and Process by Saff and Sacilotto is on three-hour reserve in the library. The following<br />

reading assignments should be completed before you begin a new unit. You will find this text a helpful resource,<br />

which will explain and illustrate materials, processes and equipment in our studio. The illustrations may give you<br />

ideas about how to get started and help you research artists and techniques.<br />

1. Intaglio: Ch. 4<br />

2. Softground: pp 140, 141<br />

3. Woodcut: Ch. 2<br />

4. Aquatint: pp 141-149<br />

Also on reserve are:<br />

Printmaking Today by Heller<br />

Printmaking by Peterdi<br />

Each of these books contains information on the techniques that we are covering.<br />

Materials:<br />

approximate cost<br />

Woodcut tools $30.00<br />

124<br />

124


Intaglio needle $5.00<br />

Wood blocks or linoleum $5.00 – $10.00<br />

Copper plates $12.00 for a 12x12<br />

Woodcut paper $1.00 / sheet<br />

Intaglio paper $3.00 / sheet<br />

Litho paper $2.00 / sheet<br />

-Our bookstore caries paper for both woodcut and intaglio<br />

-TerMolen and Hart, Inc., a sheet metal fabricating company, located at 600 Eleventh Street NW, which is near<br />

Leonard and 131, sells copper in pre-cut sizes for us. The size is 12x12 and if you purchase that size they will not<br />

charge you a cutting charge. Call them before you go, identify yourself as an <strong>Aquinas</strong> student and be sure to get<br />

copper that is .043 inches thick. This is also called 32 ounce or 20 gauge. Just be sure to get copper that is .043<br />

inches thick because that is the only thickness we will use on our presses.<br />

-I get the tools from Graphic Chemical and Ink. You can buy them from me or order from Graphic.<br />

-You are welcome to work on more than the assigned prints. After you have finished the first intaglio and<br />

woodcut units, feel free to do additional work in those areas.<br />

- Other good sources of materials, including paper are:<br />

<strong>Aquinas</strong> Bookstore<br />

Grand Valley Bookstore in Allendale<br />

Douma’s<br />

This course AT 341 printmaking I, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong><br />

<strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.4 expressive content.<br />

125<br />

125


SYLLABUS<br />

Instructor: Sister Marie Celeste Miller<br />

E-Mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />

Office Art and Music Center, Room 204<br />

Office Phone: 459-8281, Ext. 3425<br />

Office Hours: Monday and Thursday: 1:30 - 3:30<br />

Tuesday: 8:30 - 11:00; 2:00 - 4:00<br />

Friday: 8:30 - 11:00<br />

GOAL OF THE COURSE<br />

The general goal of the course has three parts:<br />

• To develop a working knowledge and understanding of Post-Impressionism,<br />

Expressionism, Fauvism and Cubism.<br />

• To develop a knowledge and understanding of the monumental changes in<br />

painting, sculpture and architecture of the period between c. 1880 - 1920.<br />

• To acquire a knowledge of the works of the principal artists of this period in<br />

western Europe.<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />

• Identify major art monuments and discuss their significance.<br />

• Analyze the composition of representative works of art from the period in<br />

terms of the principles of design set in their historical and cultural context<br />

• Identify major artists associated with Post-Impressionism, Expressionism,<br />

Fauvism, and Cubism and discuss their contributions to the changes in art<br />

during this time.<br />

• Synthesize and integrate information regarding the artist and artistic<br />

movements through assignments and short essays.<br />

• Practice and improve speaking and presentation skills.<br />

• Practice and improve writing skills.<br />

• Practice and improve the ability to work well with others through a team<br />

project.<br />

TEXT<br />

We will use History of Modern Art by H.H. Arnason and Marla Prather, Prentice Hall<br />

& Harry N. Abrams, Inc., fourth edition, 1998.<br />

126<br />

126


COURSE DESIGN<br />

Because this is a survey course of a period that was very fertile and rich in its artistic<br />

developments, we will not be able to include every artist who was working during these<br />

years, and of the ones we do study, some will be studied in greater depth than others.<br />

You are, of course, free to pursue a deeper study of any artist whose work you find<br />

particularly moving or interesting.<br />

So for each chapter that we consider together, I have provided you with a study sheet<br />

which outlines the terms, ideas and images you need to know. Many of the images are<br />

found in your text; all of the ones we study are found in the virtual Slide Library for<br />

this course, accessed under the button, Slide Library, on the homepage. The study<br />

sheets are found under the button entitled Assignments. There you will also find<br />

detailed explanations of all assignments.<br />

As a teacher and as a student who continues to learn, I have come to believe that<br />

students learn "more" and "better" when they are active learners. The more they<br />

become involved in their work, the greater responsibility they assume for their own<br />

learning, the more successful they are. Not only do they learn the subject matter, but<br />

they grow personally and professionally. I have been thinking about this as I prepared<br />

this course for you. And so, there will be opportunities for other modes of learning<br />

besides listening to a lecture.<br />

We will achieve course goals and objectives through:<br />

• Critical reading of the text<br />

• Interactive lectures<br />

• Videos, Slides, CD-Rom technology with short written assignments<br />

• Selected Web Sites with short written assignments<br />

• A team-developed oral presentation (St. Andrew's Project)<br />

• A Web Search<br />

• The Final Project<br />

• Four tests<br />

Specifics about the daily workings of the course can be found under Course Mechanics.<br />

While this is the plan and schedule for the semester's work, circumstances may arise<br />

which could cause changes or work.<br />

EVALUATION OF STUDENT WORK<br />

Tests : 35%<br />

St. Andrew's Project: 15%<br />

Short Essays Based on work with videos, CD-Rom and Web sites: 10%<br />

Web Search: 15%<br />

Final Project: The Problem for the Judge: 15%<br />

Participation: 10%<br />

127<br />

127


Course Matrix<br />

AT 350<br />

This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />

1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />

technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research and<br />

instructional purposes.<br />

2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />

2.3.5: design history.<br />

2.3.6: cultural studies.<br />

2.3.7: media literacy.<br />

2.3.8: gender studies<br />

2.4.1: major traditional theories of art and design.<br />

2.4.3: influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical<br />

perspectives.<br />

128<br />

128


AT 351<br />

Course Description<br />

AT 351, Dali Through Abstraction, is the second half of the modern art sequence which is designed to<br />

introduce you to the major movements in western art from c. 1925 - c. 1950 as seen in the painting,<br />

sculpture, and architecture of the period.<br />

This course will help a student develop a working knowledge and understanding of Russian and Dutch<br />

abstraction, Dada, Surrealism, sculptural and architectural movements, European art between the wars<br />

and American Art from the early modern period through Abstract Expressionism. It will also help a<br />

student develop knowledge of specific western and non-western artists of this period and their artistic<br />

concerns.<br />

Successful students will be able to:<br />

• Identify the major works from the various periods and discuss their significance in terms of principles<br />

of design set in their historical and cultural contexts.<br />

• Describe the beginnings of contemporary perspectives through the development of abstract<br />

expressionism<br />

• Make analytical evaluations of works from a variety of perspectives.<br />

• Improve their analytic skills by focusing on the analysis of works of art from the period<br />

• Practice and improve the ability to synthesize and integrate information<br />

• Become more adept at using current research tools in art history<br />

129<br />

129


AT 351<br />

Dali Through Abstraction<br />

SYLLABUS<br />

Welcome to AT 351: Dali Through Abstraction. This is the second half of the modern art sequence which is<br />

designed to introduce you to the major movements in western art from c. 1925 – c. 1950 as seen in the painting,<br />

sculpture, and architecture of the period.<br />

Goals of the course include:<br />

1. To develop a working knowledge and understanding of Russian and Dutch abstraction, Dada, Surrealism,<br />

sculptural and architectural movements, European art between the wars and American Art from the Early<br />

Modern period through Abstract Expressionism.<br />

2. To develop knowledge of specific western artists of this period and their artistic concerns.<br />

Specific Learning Objectives:<br />

Successful students will be able to:<br />

• Identify the major works from the various periods and discuss their significance in terms of principles of design<br />

set in their historical and cultural contexts.<br />

• Describe the beginnings of contemporary perspectives through the development of abstract expressionism.<br />

• Discuss the contributions of women to the development of painting, sculpture or architecture during this period.<br />

• Make analytical evaluations of works from a variety of perspectives.<br />

• Improve their analytic skills by focusing on the analysis of works of art from the period and by completing the<br />

Installation Team Project.<br />

• Practice and improve the ability to synthesize and integrate information through the architectural Jackdaw<br />

Project.<br />

• Become more adept at using current research tools in art history through the annotated bibliography<br />

The methods we will use to try to achieve these goals and objectives are:<br />

• Critical reading of the text<br />

• Lectures and discussions<br />

• Videos and the use of the World Wide Web<br />

• Oral Presentation<br />

• Current research in Art History<br />

• Learning Team Projects<br />

• Readings outside the text<br />

• Annotated Bibliography<br />

130<br />

130


The following includes a schedule of classes, readings, assignments and examinations. At the beginning of classes<br />

formatted with some lecture component, an outline will be furnished listing all the works to be discussed. An<br />

asterisk placed before the name of the work indicates key works students will know thoroughly. All slides viewed<br />

in class will be on reserve before examinations.<br />

Fulfill assignments on time; late work will be penalized. Art department attendance policy: After three absences,<br />

your grade will fall one full letter grade; after four, two letter grades; and beyond that, N.C.<br />

Assignments include:<br />

1. Readings from the text, The History of Modern Art by Arnason, Prather and Wheeler, Fourth edition, Prentice<br />

Hall.<br />

2. Visiting specific web sites or viewing specific videos and doing the assignments associated with these.<br />

3. Production of a Jackdaw as a member of a small study team. Particulars of the nature and content of the<br />

Jackdaw are found on a study/assignment sheet for this project.<br />

4. Creation of a proposal for an Installation of Modern Sculpture as a member of a study team.<br />

5. Oral Presentation supported by an annotated bibliography on a woman artist who has made significant<br />

contributions to the development of art during this period.<br />

Evaluation:<br />

Tests (3) 30%<br />

Jackdaw Project 20%<br />

Oral Presentation and Annotated Bibliography 20%<br />

Installation Project 20%<br />

Participation 10%<br />

Office: AMC 204 Ext. 3425 e-mail: millemar@aquinas.edu<br />

Monday: 1:30 – 3:30<br />

Tuesday 9:00 – 11:00; 1:30 – 3:30<br />

Thursday 1:30 – 3:30<br />

Friday 9:00 – 11:00<br />

Matrix Reference<br />

AT 351<br />

This course meets the following standards for Preparation of Teachers in <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education:<br />

1.4: model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

131<br />

131


1.8: are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer<br />

technology within the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research and<br />

instructional purposes.<br />

2.3.1: western art and artists from historical perspectives.<br />

2.3.2: western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />

2.4.3: the influence of these theories on the creation of art<br />

2.5.1: make analytical and interpretative evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical<br />

perspectives.<br />

132<br />

132


A note on the following four course syllabi:<br />

AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />

AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />

AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />

AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />

The <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Art Department will begin a search for a qualified Adjunct Associate Professor of Art<br />

Education to teach these four courses as soon as this application is approved. The Art Department will<br />

depend on the expertise of this new faculty person (see proposed position listing in the resume section) to<br />

adjust content among the four courses to most appropriately cover the standards/guidelines for visual arts<br />

education, among the four.<br />

In general, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education is envisioned as theoretical and philosophical, and will<br />

serve as a prerequisite for the remaining three. The content of the methods courses is self-evident from the<br />

course titles, and is seen as a blend between theory and practice, a movement from theories of art education<br />

to developmentally-appropriate curricula. The Studio Practicum course, as the name implies, is designed to<br />

be primarily practical, to provide information and skills that are not provided in the other three.<br />

133<br />

133


134<br />

NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />

THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />

APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />

AT 370 Foundations in Art Education<br />

Catalog Course Description: An introduction to the philosophical, psychological and sociological foundations for<br />

Art Education for elementary and secondary art education teachers as well as a consideration of the role of art in the<br />

curriculum and the role of technology to enhance learning.<br />

Course Goal:<br />

This is the general goal of the course: that students develop an understanding of the philosophical, psychological and<br />

sociological foundations of art education as well as the role of art in the curriculum and the use of technology to<br />

impact quality learning.<br />

Course Objectives:<br />

By the end of the course, a successful student will be able to:<br />

• Demonstrate an understanding of the philosophical foundations for art education and art criticism for<br />

children<br />

• Articulate a personal philosophy of education for normal, gifted and special needs children K - 12<br />

• Demonstrate an understanding of theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the<br />

creation of the visual arts<br />

• Articulate an understanding of the implications of diversity issue for art education<br />

• Demonstrate a knowledge of the effective use of technology to enhance student learning in art education<br />

• Discuss current issues regarding intellectual properties for art, technology and online resources<br />

Text: to be determined<br />

Attendance:<br />

Art department policy for an eight-week course states that one absence will reduce your grade. The second absence<br />

results in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes active participation in class both during formal presentations<br />

and informal work times.<br />

Grading Ratios:<br />

• Reflection Papers on Readings in Philosophy of Art Education and Art Criticism for Children: 20%<br />

• Personal Philosophy of Education: 20%<br />

• Idea Journal for Technology and Art: 30%<br />

• Project in Online Research in Art Education, Art Criticism and Art History: 20%<br />

• Participation: 10%<br />

Topics<br />

Why teach art in schools: Introduction to Art Education and a overview of theories in Art Education<br />

Child Development and Art; Cognition and the <strong>Arts</strong><br />

Art Education for Special Needs Children and Gifted Children: Considerations in teaching art<br />

Assessments and Evaluation in Art Education: The Portfolio, Grading Student Art<br />

Technology and Research in Art Education, Art History, Art Education Community Online Technology and<br />

teaching Art: Ideas for Incorporation of Technology To Enhance Learning and Creativity in Art Education<br />

Diversity Issues and Their Impact on Art Education<br />

Summary Work and Presentation of a Personal Philosophy of Art Education<br />

This course, AT 370 Foundations in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />

Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ):<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and<br />

the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement<br />

instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own<br />

classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and<br />

learning.<br />

134


135<br />

1.8 are committed to learning about, furthering and modeling the innovative use of computer technology within<br />

the field as both an art medium and as a tool for communication, research, and instructional purposes.<br />

1.9 are cognizant of the research within art education; either as contributors to the research enterprise, participants in<br />

research studies, or as consumers of research<br />

1.10 take advantage of faculty educational opportunities that can enhance their professional lives.<br />

3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />

3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to contemporary<br />

art education.<br />

3.2.1. provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />

3.2.2. guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and<br />

importance of art in education<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />

3.4.2 artistic production.<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />

3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />

levels.<br />

3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards using<br />

a variety of instructional formats.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />

various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />

work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education<br />

3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional development throughout<br />

their teaching career.<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />

administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />

concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />

135


136<br />

NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />

THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />

APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />

AT 372 Elementary Methods in Art Education<br />

3 credit hours<br />

Instructor:<br />

Textbook: Children and Their Art (tentative)<br />

Catalog Course Description<br />

Methodology used in teaching elementary school art, including the study of developmental theories as related to art education.<br />

Introduction<br />

In this course, theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in the elementary school will be examined. Off<br />

campus classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art education situations<br />

will be required. A firm understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of art history are<br />

required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />

Modes of Instruction<br />

Studio projects, lectures, critiques, practice lessons, written papers, exam, demonstrations, discussions<br />

Goals<br />

1. To expose students to an overview of theories of art education.<br />

2. To enable classroom teachers to create an environment where elementary students can experience and learn<br />

processes, methods and procedures in the visual arts.<br />

3. To expose students to the correlation between developmental level and artistic creation.<br />

Objectives<br />

At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />

1. understand the history of art in education and the importance of art in the contemporary curriculum<br />

2. articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />

3. understand theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the study and creation of<br />

visual art.<br />

4. create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment that encourages creativity and<br />

discussion.<br />

5. create an art curriculum that relates to the National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards and is appropriate<br />

for special needs populations as well as the general elementary school population.<br />

6. know and experience the principles of design and the elements of art.<br />

7. research, organize and implement studio art projects appropriate for elementary school art students.<br />

8. employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are particular to the classroom studio<br />

environment<br />

9. describe and assess children’s art<br />

Attendance<br />

Art department policy for a semester course states that more than three absences will reduce your grade, and more than six<br />

absences will result in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes paying attention to what is happening in class both during<br />

formal presentations and informal work times. Earphones make it difficult for anyone to attend to the work and thought of the<br />

class.<br />

Grading ratios<br />

Grading is based on student’s knowledge of subject matter rather than artistic skill. In addition to regular attendance<br />

and timely completion of outside assignments, you must also observe an actual secondary art classroom and submit<br />

a written report summarizing the experience.<br />

20% of your grade will be based on your attendance<br />

136


20% of your grade will be based on class observation and report<br />

10% of your grade will be based on reaction papers<br />

20% of your grade will be based on demonstration lesson and papers<br />

30% of your grade will be based on the exams<br />

A:90%, B:80%, C:75%, C-:70%, D: 60%<br />

Topics<br />

Curriculum History – Goals and Purposes of Elementary Education<br />

Basic Knowledge of Content Areas and Grade Levels<br />

Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> Art Education Standards; connections to coursework<br />

Parent and Community Partnerships<br />

Professional Development<br />

Diversity and Inclusion<br />

Curriculum Models and Modes of Teaching<br />

Best Practices in Elementary School Teaching<br />

Student Learning Styles<br />

Locating Teacher Resources<br />

Technology for image manipulation.<br />

Technology for curriculum development and research<br />

Assessment models<br />

Preparation and delivery of a lesson in an elementary classroom<br />

Reflection and assessment of practice lesson<br />

Preparing your teaching portfolio.<br />

Integrating art with other disciplines.<br />

Designing an art classroom.<br />

Procedures and safety in art.<br />

This course, AT 372, Elementary Methods in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the<br />

Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the realities of the classroom<br />

and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to<br />

diverse and alternative educational settings such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />

2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation.<br />

2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation.<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and importance of art<br />

in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />

3.4.2 artistic production<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />

levels.<br />

137<br />

137


138<br />

3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special<br />

needs.3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards<br />

using a variety of instructional formats.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />

various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations, and the<br />

open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />

work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences throughout<br />

their preparation<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place<br />

with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />

4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally<br />

appropriate and safe art materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />

4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />

4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which<br />

includes fund raising and grant writing.<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />

administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />

concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of<br />

materials, and school finance.<br />

138


139<br />

NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />

THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />

APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />

AT 374 Secondary Methods in Art Education<br />

Catalog Course Description<br />

Methodology used in teaching middle school or high school art, including the study of developmental theories as related to art<br />

education.<br />

Introduction<br />

In this course, theoretical and practical concepts of teaching art in the junior and senior high school will be<br />

examined. Off campus classroom observations, demonstration lessons and written responses to observed art<br />

education situations will be required. A firm understanding of many studio techniques and extensive knowledge of<br />

art history are required for success in this course and will enrich your experience.<br />

Goals<br />

1. To expose students to an overview of theories of art education.<br />

2. To enable classroom teachers to create an environment where secondary students can experience and learn<br />

processes, methods and procedures in the visual arts.<br />

3. To expose students to the correlation between developmental level and artistic creation.<br />

Objectives<br />

At the end of the semester the student will be able to:<br />

1. articulate a personal philosophy of art education.<br />

2. understand theories of human and cognitive development and how they relate to the study and creation of visual<br />

art.<br />

3. create a safe and ecologically responsible classroom environment that encourages creativity and discussion.<br />

4. create an art curriculum that relates to the National and Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards and is appropriate for<br />

special needs populations as well as the general secondary school population.<br />

5. research, organize and implement studio art projects appropriate for secondary school art students.<br />

6. employ a variety of classroom management strategies that are particular to the classroom studio environment.<br />

7. describe and assess student artworks<br />

Attendance<br />

Art department policy for a semester course states that more than three absenceswill reduce your grade and more than six<br />

absences will result in an automatic no-credit. “Attending” includes paying attention to what is happening in class both during<br />

formal presentations and informal work times. Earphones make it difficult for anyone to attend to the work and thought of the<br />

class.<br />

Grading ratios<br />

Grading is based on student’s knowledge of subject matter rather than artistic skill. In addition to regular attendance<br />

and timely completion of outside assignments, you must also observe an actual secondary art classroom and submit<br />

a written report summarizing the experience.<br />

20% of your grade will be based on your attendance<br />

20% of your grade will be based on class observation and report<br />

10% of your grade will be based on reaction papers<br />

20% of your grade will be based on demonstration lesson and papers<br />

30% of your grade will be based on the exams<br />

139


Topics<br />

Introduction, philosophy and goals, syllabus and assignments.<br />

Historical developments and theories in art education.<br />

Sketchbook as a learning tool.<br />

Developmental levels of student with regard to art.<br />

Special needs and gifted and talented populations.<br />

Color mixing and theory; a historical and contemporary look.<br />

Art criticism and aesthetics within the context of art education.<br />

Connecting aesthetics to studio production.<br />

Organizing and conducting critiques, assessing student art work.<br />

Computer in the art classroom<br />

Computer for communication and research in art.<br />

The art teacher and the community; involvement, advocacy, resource and material.<br />

Art Teacher as artist.<br />

Professional organizations.<br />

Matting, framing, and display of artwork.<br />

Presenting a project.<br />

Building a student portfolio.<br />

Advocacy within the system.<br />

The integration of art with other disciplines.<br />

Designing an art classroom.<br />

Procedures and safety in art.<br />

Budget management, resources and grants, special needs.<br />

Classroom management.<br />

Demonstration lesson.<br />

Observation reports.<br />

Curriculum development.<br />

Michigan <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Standards.<br />

140<br />

140


This course, AT 374, Secondary Methods in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />

the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education classroom and the art<br />

educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of<br />

sequential learning experiences as they prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.5 conduct a variety of appropriate assessments of student learning within art education.<br />

1.6 monitor and supervise the progress of candidates while encouraging them to also assess their own teaching and learning.<br />

1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the realities of the classroom<br />

and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to<br />

diverse and alternative educational settings such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />

2.6.1 traditional methods of presentation.<br />

2.6.2 contemporary methods of presentation.<br />

3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />

3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to contemporary art education.<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in education.<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the relevance and importance of art<br />

in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />

3.4.2 artistic production<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

3.4.4 critical thinking.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic<br />

levels.<br />

3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special needs.<br />

3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local standards using<br />

a variety of instructional formats.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for<br />

various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations, and the<br />

open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation of student<br />

work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences throughout<br />

their preparation<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place<br />

with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />

4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally<br />

appropriate and safe art materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />

4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />

4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which<br />

includes fund raising and grant writing.<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines, school<br />

administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national legislators as<br />

141<br />

141


concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of materials, and<br />

school finance.<br />

142<br />

142


NOTE: THIS SYLLABUS MAY BE ADJUSTED IN FORM BUT NOT IN ESSENTIAL CONTENT, BY<br />

THE ART EDUCATION FACULTY MEMBER WHO WILL BE HIRED UPON APPROVAL OF THIS<br />

APPLICATION FOR STATE OF MICHIGAN CERTIFICATION.<br />

AT 376 Studio Practicum in Art Education<br />

I. Identifying Information:<br />

Location and Times:<br />

Instructor:<br />

Home Number:<br />

Work Number:<br />

E-mail Address:<br />

Office Hours:<br />

II. Textbook/Video:<br />

III. Course Description:<br />

This course focuses on practical aspects of teaching art in elementary and secondary<br />

classrooms. Among topics covered will be budgeting, procuring art materials, inventory<br />

management, safety issues (OSHA standards) for most art materials, proper operation of<br />

necessary equipment such as kilns, setting up and managing a well-designed dedicated art<br />

classroom, organizing and managing a traveling art curriculum, and mounting school<br />

exhibitions of student artwork.<br />

IV. Learner Outcomes and Standards:<br />

Students who are successful in this course will be able to:<br />

1) create a well-designed, barrier-free studio setting which provides the needs inherent in the specific<br />

media to be taught.<br />

2) creatively tap available resources, (parents, donations, services, etc.), through networking and grant<br />

writing.<br />

2) demonstrate use of key studio equipment.<br />

3) understand and implement OSHA safety standards for the materials and equipment involved in a<br />

classroom studio.<br />

4) be able to manage inventory, budget for a classroom studio and procure materials and equipment.<br />

5) successfully plan art curricula.<br />

6) successfully present student artwork to the public.<br />

V. Methodology and Course Requirements:<br />

Student s will achieve success through:<br />

1) visiting various types of currently successful classroom studios.<br />

2) working with networkers and grant writers.<br />

3) practicing with different art media and their inherent equipment needs.<br />

3) lectures by certified OSHA, and other, safety representatives.<br />

4) learning management technology.<br />

5) creation of a series of lesson plans for different studio scenarios.<br />

6) hands-on instruction in gallery installation and promotion.<br />

VI. Assessment Tools Used and Criteria:<br />

1) student floor plan assignments which comprehensively design models for different classroom<br />

scenarios.<br />

2) student strategy assignments for different resource challenge scenarios<br />

2) tests on OSHA safety standards<br />

3) point-by-point student demonstrations on key studio equipment<br />

4) generation of management and curricula documents<br />

5) visual documentation of k-12 gallery installation assignment<br />

VII. Support Services and Other Requirements:<br />

143<br />

143


Academic Dishonesty: Written or other work that a student submits must be the product of<br />

her/his own efforts. Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including<br />

dishonesty involving computer technology, are prohibited.<br />

VIII. Tentative Calendar of Class Meetings:<br />

Week 1-2: visiting various types of currently successful studios<br />

Week 3-4: lecture by certified OSHA and other safety representatives<br />

Week 4-9: practicing different art media and their inherent equipment needs<br />

Week 10-11: hands-on instruction in gallery installation and promotion<br />

Week 12-13: learning management technology<br />

Week 14-15: creation of a series of lesson plans for different studio scenarios<br />

Week 15-16: (final) create floor plans for different classroom scenarios and resource challenges.<br />

IX. Resources/Reference List:<br />

This course, AT 376, Studio Practicum in Art Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.2.3 techniques.<br />

2.2.7 technical knowledge<br />

3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and economic levels.<br />

3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with special needs.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources appropriate for various educational settings and<br />

levels of education.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction can take place with consideration for space<br />

utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student work.<br />

4.2 training in health and safety issues in the school and classroom setting including knowledge of developmentally appropriate and safe art<br />

materials and tools, as well as their storage, cleaning, use, and disposal.<br />

4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />

4.4 training in classroom budget management and the acquisition of financial, human, and material resources which includes fund raising and grant<br />

writing.<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education, safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />

144<br />

144


ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Spring Semester, 2004<br />

Professor Joseph Becherer Phone: 459-8281, ext 2409 (AQ)<br />

203,AMC 977-7685 (FMG)<br />

Office Hours: 8-9:30am T,F E-MAIL: jbecherer@meijergardens.org<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />

Contemporary Art, also referred to as Art Since 1945, is an introduction to the masters, monuments, and movements<br />

of American and European painting and sculpture from the period following World War II until the present.<br />

Understanding the leading artistic personalities, dominant trends, and most significant works of art from the period<br />

is essential to this course. In addition, readings, projects and journal entries related to the philosophies which<br />

informed the respective movements and the writings of the artists will be examined.<br />

REQUIRED TEXT:<br />

HH Arnason, History of Modern Art, Prentice-Hall, 2004, Fifth Edition<br />

(Available at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> <strong>College</strong> Bookstore)<br />

Additional Readings as discussed below will be distributed as assigned<br />

COURSE GOALS:<br />

-to develop an understanding of the artistic parameters of contemporary art<br />

-to understand and become more knowledgeable with regard to the political, sociological, and<br />

philosophical currents which gave shape to the artistic period since World War II<br />

-to understand and be conversant in the artistic and cultural relationship of contemporary art to the<br />

historical periods which precede it, especially the currents of modernism, or early twentieth century art<br />

-to come to understand how contemporary art can be viewed as an outgrowth of modernism and<br />

how it provides commentary on the society in which it was produced<br />

-to gain an awareness of the production of painting and sculpture and be able to distinguish the<br />

essential characteristics and limitations of specific media<br />

-to gain an awareness of and become conversant in the various movements of modernism and<br />

contemporary art and acknowledge the primary veins of expression<br />

-to develop an understanding of and sensitivity towards issues of conservation, exhibition, and<br />

museum/gallery interpretation<br />

-to understand the formal training of artists of the period and begin to understand the ever expanding<br />

and new roles of artists in society<br />

-to develop an understanding and become conversant in a formal discussion of visual organization of<br />

various types of painting and sculpture produced<br />

-to develop an understanding and be able to articulate the essential stylistic elements of given major<br />

masters and their followers<br />

-to understand issues of continuity and change from a generation of artists to the next<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES:<br />

-by building skills in visual analysis<br />

-through a thorough study of major masters and movements<br />

-in a critical reading of the text and outside materials<br />

-through review and synthesis of lectures, readings, discussions, presentations<br />

-by integrating written and visual information, and the study of reproductions and originals<br />

-through practiced and improved speaking and writing skills<br />

-in the discovery and development of basic research methods for a given work or artist<br />

145<br />

145


-by encouraging one another<br />

METHODOLOGY:<br />

This course is composed of lectures, readings, class discussions, student presentations, videos, library<br />

research, and museum visit/site evaluations. Each is an integral part of the learning experience. Students are<br />

responsible for all components even if a class absence occurs.<br />

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION:<br />

-Journal Essays, 1000 points 10 @ 100 points each, each entry will begin with a handout and discussion in<br />

class; topics and content will vary; all journal essays will be due two weeks following the distribution of the<br />

respective handout; all journal entries must be typed and double space with a five page minimum.<br />

-Research Project and Presentation<br />

100 points for presentation with outline<br />

150 points for written project<br />

One major figure on the current Contemporary scene will be the topic of this project. An in-depth research<br />

project on this figure and a related presentation with outline will be required.<br />

-Class Participation, 100 points<br />

TOTAL NUMBER OF POINTS: 1,350<br />

GRADE DISTRIBUTION:<br />

95-100%/A 90-94%/A- 86-89%/B+ 83-85%/B 80-82%/B-<br />

76-79%/C+ 73-75%/C 70-72%/C- 66-69%/D+ 63-65%/D<br />

60-62%/D- Below 60% constitutes failure<br />

ACADEMIC DISHONESTY:<br />

Written or other work that the student submits must be the product of his/her own efforts.<br />

Plagiarism, cheating and other forms of academic dishonesty, including dishonesty involving<br />

computer technology, are prohibited. Further information on Academic Dishonesty can be found on page<br />

29 of the 1998-99 Bulletin.<br />

146<br />

146


147<br />

ABSENCES: Students are allowed 3 absences. Every unexcused absence over will result in lowering your<br />

final grade one unit (eg. A to A-). Students are always responsible for materials covered during an absence. If a test<br />

is missed students must take an accumulative final in lieu of the missed test.<br />

This course, AT 391, Contemporary Art, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

2.3.2 western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />

2.3.4 non-western art and artists from contemporary perspectives.<br />

2.3.6 cultural studies<br />

2.3.7 media literacy<br />

2.3.8 gender studies<br />

2.4.2 major contemporary theories of art and design<br />

2.4.3 the influence of these theories on the creation of art.<br />

2.5.1 make analytical and interpretive evaluations of art and design from a variety of theoretical perspectives.<br />

Readings Worksheet<br />

OVERVIEW:<br />

In addition to the readings from the text as noted on the syllabus, ten additional Readings from artists, critics, and art<br />

historians of the period will be assigned. Each Reading is intended for in-class discussion on Fridays as noted.<br />

Your are asked to complete a summary of each Reading in anticipation of the class discussions and provide a onepage<br />

summary to hand in at the end of that class. There are ten Readings and each summary is worth ten points for a<br />

total of 100 points (the 6+equivalent of one test grade).<br />

SUMMARY OBJECTIVES:<br />

Each of your summaries should contain the following information:<br />

*Your Name and the Date<br />

*Title and Author of the Reading in Question<br />

*A Summary of the key points introduced in the Reading<br />

-author’s support of the respective key points<br />

*Relationship of the material to the subject(s) under discussion in class<br />

*Your questions/comments/concerns specific to the specific Reading<br />

Each of your summaries will be turned in. Summaries may be legibly handwritten.<br />

147


*Second, examine Chapters 26 and 27 of the text. Is there any overlap between your findings from the<br />

aforementioned and what is included in the text? Are there any significant omissions based on your research using<br />

the periodicals?<br />

*For your essay create a final list of six to eight artists that you feel should be considered as an appropriate<br />

subject for the Research Project and Presentation. Discuss each of your artists clearly stating why they should be<br />

included and discussed in class: what is noteworthy about their work, what is original, etc.<br />

*This Journal Essay is due January 27, 2004.<br />

Gerhard Richter<br />

ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Spring Semester, 2004<br />

Journal Essay Number One<br />

*Each member of the class is asked to examine current and back issues of periodicals such as Art in<br />

America, Art Forum, Art News, Sculpture Magazine, the New Art Examiner, etc. as available at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> and<br />

area libraries (see: GRPL Main, Calvin, Frederik Meijer Gardens and Sculpture Park) and build a list of six to eight<br />

artists that not only capture your attention, but that seem to be given significant and repeated attention in articles and<br />

reviews. Do not go back beyond 1994 in your research.<br />

148<br />

148


John Baldessari<br />

Faith Ringold<br />

William Wegman<br />

Alice Aycock<br />

Jeff Koons<br />

Elizabeth Murray<br />

Anselm Kiefer<br />

Francesco Clemente<br />

Jennifer Bartlett<br />

Susan Rothenberg<br />

Martin Puryear<br />

Eric Fischl<br />

149<br />

149


Jonathan Borofsky<br />

Keith Haring<br />

Jenny Holzer<br />

Barbara Kruger<br />

ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

Research Project and Presentation -- Part two<br />

100 points<br />

Subject:_________________________________<br />

150<br />

150


The objective of this project is to investigate the career and achievements of one contemporary artist of note<br />

that achieved critical acclaim in ca. the last two decades.<br />

Both general research on the artist and the specific work as assigned will be necessary. Research will be<br />

largely library based and undoubtedly call for slides to be made. Considering the contemporary nature of<br />

your subject, periodical research and inter-library loans may be important. Regarding the latter, students<br />

will need to access research materials at the <strong>Aquinas</strong> Library.<br />

The following four sections of the project are to be followed:<br />

1. Artist’s Biography: Prepare a 4-6 page biography on the artist. Emphasis should<br />

be placed on the development and highlights of his/her career.<br />

2. Artistic Innovation: Prepare a 2-3 page summary of the innovations that your<br />

subject brought forward. What are the sources of inspiration? What social, political, artistic<br />

commentaries are presented by the artist?<br />

3. <strong>Visual</strong> Analysis: Be sure that thorough visual analysis accompanies your<br />

research work and presentation.<br />

4. Summary: Carefully summarize your subject and the aforementioned sections.<br />

Postulate as to the position this artist will hold in the history of art.<br />

Each of the aforementioned should be typed and double spaced. Each section should be brought together in a<br />

singular document that denotes the sections as listed. This project and presentation is worth 100 points.<br />

All presentations will occur in the period following the Thanksgiving holiday and the preceding the end of the<br />

term. Presentations must not exceed 25 minutes in length.<br />

Identifications (Artist, Title, Media, Plate Number)<br />

*Pollock, Male and female, oil, 2.12<br />

*Calder, Only, Only Bird, tin cans and wire, 3.2<br />

*Calder, Object in Y, painted metal, 3.6, 3.7<br />

*Hofmann, The Golden Wall, oil, 3.20<br />

*Gorky, The Liver is the Cock’s Comb, oil, 3.28<br />

ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

Study Guide: Test One<br />

151<br />

151


*Motherwell, Elegy to the Spanish Republic, oil and plastic, 3.34<br />

*de Kooning, Woman I, oil, 3.39<br />

*Pollock, Number 1, 1948, oil and enamel paint, 4.6<br />

*Newman, Vir Heroicus Sublimus, oil, 4.16<br />

*Rothko, Green and Tangerine on Red, oil, 4.20<br />

*Smith, Hudson River Landscape, welded steel, 4.36<br />

*Smith, Cubi XVII, polished stainless steel, 4.40<br />

*Dubuffet, Childbirth, oil, 5.4<br />

*Dubuffet, Erre et Eberre, oil, 5.12<br />

*Giacometti, The Palace at 4:00 am, wood, glass, wire, and string, 5.14<br />

*Giacometti, The City Square, bronze, 5.17<br />

*Bacon, Study After Velazquez’s Portrait of Pope Innocent X, oil, 5.22<br />

Study Questions:<br />

*Using visual analysis can you summarize the essential aesthetic concerns and achievements of each of the<br />

aforementioned masters?<br />

*How might any of the aformentioned masters have exploited the media employed? To what effect?<br />

*What are the sources of influence and inspiration on each of the aforementioned masters and the<br />

development of their style? Artistically? Sociologicalically and philosophically?<br />

*Discuss the emergence of New York as an art center in the 20th century.<br />

*What role do the major figures of Modernisn (eg. Picasso, Mondrian, Miro, etc.) have on the pioneers of<br />

contemporary art?<br />

*Does non-Western art and/or non-academic art play a role in the development of any of the aforementioned<br />

masters?<br />

*How do the aforementioned masters reflect the trends and heritage of expressionism, formalism, dada and<br />

surrealism?<br />

*Can you discuss the variations of abstract expressionism: gestural abstraction, action painting, color field<br />

painting?<br />

*What roles do galleries, museums, and art critics play in the development of contemporary art?<br />

152<br />

152


ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

Test One<br />

1. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. To what major movement of contemporary<br />

art do these artists belong? Carefully discuss both the goals and philosophy of this movement?<br />

What specific and diverse trends within this movement do these works and artist represent? How? (25 points)<br />

2. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. In examing the works shown carefully<br />

discuss the specific sources of inspiration, both direct and indirect, on each of these contemporary artists. For each<br />

of the sources of inspiration, be sure to discuss how these contemporary artists have transformed ideas in the<br />

development of their own style. Finally, can you identify at least one highly original idea of their style which<br />

is apparent in the works presented? (25 points)<br />

3. Identify the works shown according to artist, title, and media. Using the works illustrated, carefully<br />

discuss the artistic development of the artist. Which work is earlier and to what art movements is related? Which is<br />

the mature work and how does it represent both the artists mature style? What are the major differences and<br />

similarities between the earlier and the later works? (25 points)<br />

4. Carefully examine the work shown. Based on the visual evidence before you, to what artist and<br />

movement which we have studied would you place this work and why? To what specific works by the artist<br />

that you suggest can you relate to this unknown?<br />

Why? (25 points)<br />

153<br />

153


ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

di Suvero- Calder Project<br />

This visual analysis project requires that you visit Alexander Calder’s Grande Vitesse and Mark di Suvero’s Motu<br />

Viget in Grand Rapids (Vandenberg Plaza and the neighboring Ford Federal Building). An essay recording your<br />

responses to the following questions is required:<br />

1. Carefully analyze the form of each work. How does the artist utilize materials, positive and negative<br />

space, and define the composition? In what ways does each work relate to and differ from those works by the<br />

artist that we have studied?<br />

2. How do these works compare and contrast in terms of the use of materials, positive and negative space,<br />

and composition?<br />

3. What role does context play in understanding the works? What is the role of public sculpture in these<br />

instances?<br />

4. What role does the viewer play in these works? How does experiencing the work directly differ<br />

from seeing it represented in slides or in a textbook?<br />

5. Finally, venture over to Maya Lin’s Ecliptic at Rosa Parks Circle (corner of Monroe and Pearl). How is<br />

this work of public sculpture similar to and different from the two previous works?<br />

154<br />

154


ART 391 - CONTEMPORARY ART<br />

Fall Semester, 2001<br />

Test Two<br />

Please consider the following six questions. You are asked to select four of these questions to answer in essay form. Please<br />

be sure to clearly list the question as a preface to your response. These essays must be turned in at the beginning of class on<br />

Friday, December 7, 2001.<br />

1. Carefully examine the examples of sculpture by Mark di Suvero and Louise Nevelson provided in the text. Discuss the<br />

development of their careers and describe elements that comprise their work. What forerunners do they follow and what<br />

innovations do they put forward. Finally, compare and contrast the two artists in terms of style. Please be specific in your<br />

response.<br />

2. Carefully consider the sculpture of Claes Oldenburg (and later with Coosje van Bruggen). What contributions to the<br />

history of sculpture are made in his work? What are his precursors, contemporaries, and contributions? In what ways does<br />

this work meld with the phenomenon of “Pop Art” and it what ways does it differ? Please be specific in your response.<br />

3. In examining the work of Jasper Johns and Robert Rauschenberg discuss the relationship of the beat generation artists with<br />

Abstract Expressionism. What were the goals and innovations put forward by Johns and Rauschenberg? How did they<br />

utilize popular/consumer culture? Please be specific in your response.<br />

4. Carefully examine the projects of Christo. To what movement of contemporary art does he belong and why? What are his<br />

objectives in the large scale projects? How do they compare to large scale works of art from the past and how do they differ?<br />

Please be specific in your response.<br />

5. Define Minimalism. What are the objectives of the movement? What is the relationship of this movement to other prior<br />

movements in the history of art (both inspiration and contradiction)? How do the works of Judd and Stella compare and<br />

contrast? What is the difference between Minimalism as a movement and minimalism as an aesthetic? Please be specific in<br />

your response.<br />

6. Select one artist from the 1960s or 1970s whose work challenges your perception and understanding of art. Why? What<br />

merit do you find in the work and how does your formal study of the artist affect your understanding and appreciation of their<br />

work? Please be specific in your response.<br />

15<br />

<strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> (LQ) Standards June 12, 2001


THE FOLLOWING AQUINAS COLLEGE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COURSES<br />

ARE KEY COMPONENTS IN THE K-12 ART EDUCATION COMPREHENSIVE<br />

GROUP MAJOR. SYLLABI ARE NOT INCLUDED HERE, SINCE THEY ARE<br />

AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE MASTER DOCUMENT. BUT RELEVANCY OF<br />

EACH COURSE TO MATRIX GUIDELINES FOR VISUAL ART EDUCATION IS<br />

STATED IN THIS SECTION.<br />

EN 201 Introduction to Education<br />

EN 302 Educational Psychology<br />

EN 304 Human Growth and Development<br />

EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented<br />

EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers<br />

EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers<br />

EN 411 History of Modern Education<br />

EN 415 Philosophy of Education<br />

EN 461 Inclusion<br />

EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School<br />

EN 498 Directed Student Teaching, Secondary School<br />

EN 201 Introduction To Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />

Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />

realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and<br />

cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />

such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs.<br />

3.1.1 introduce historical developments and prevailing theories.<br />

3.1.2 prepare candidates to discuss historical precedent and philosophical positions in relationship to<br />

contemporary art education.<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />

education.<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />

relevance of art in education.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities.<br />

3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.6.1 include different educational levels, as well as, community settings with a variety of cultural and<br />

economic levels.<br />

16<br />

16


3.6.2 allow candidates to observe art teachers and teach a variety of populations, including those with<br />

special needs.<br />

3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />

standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation<br />

of student work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />

throughout their preparation.<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional<br />

development throughout their teaching career.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />

can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />

work.<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />

school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />

legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education,<br />

safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />

EN 302 Educational Psychology, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />

Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

EN 304 Human Growth and Development, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />

the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

EN 390 Teaching the Gifted and Talented, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for<br />

the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.4.1 visual perception and other sensory modalities<br />

3.4.3 Aesthetic response.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

17<br />

17


EN 406 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Elementary Classroom Teachers, meets the<br />

following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education<br />

(LQ).<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />

relevance of art in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />

component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />

throughout their preparation.<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />

can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />

work.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />

school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />

legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />

EN 408 <strong>Application</strong> of Learning Theories for Secondary Classroom Teachers, meets the following<br />

guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />

relevance of art in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />

component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />

throughout their preparation.<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />

can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />

work.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />

school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />

legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />

18<br />

18


EN 411 History of Modern Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />

Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />

education.<br />

EN 415 Philosophy of Education, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the<br />

Preparation of Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />

education.<br />

EN 453 Methods of Secondary Education<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />

component.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

EN 461 Inclusion, meets the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

EN 495 Directed Student Teaching, Elementary School, and EN 498 Directed Student Teaching,<br />

Secondary School meet the following guidelines from the Standards for the Preparation of<br />

Teachers, <strong>Visual</strong> <strong>Arts</strong> Education (LQ).<br />

1.4 model teaching methods and approaches appropriate for learning both within the higher education<br />

classroom and the art educational settings for which their students are being prepared. They<br />

continuously plan and implement instruction as a series of sequential learning experiences as they<br />

prepare students to do the same in their own classrooms.<br />

1.7 provide consistent and meaningful supervision of clinical experiences reflecting an awareness of the<br />

realities of the classroom and a sensitivity toward both developing art education students and<br />

cooperating teachers in the schools which includes access to diverse and alternative educational settings<br />

such as museums, community centers, and after-school programs<br />

3.2.1 provides an understanding of the philosophical and social foundations for the inclusion of art in<br />

education.<br />

3.2.2 guides candidates to develop and express a personal philosophical position concerning the<br />

relevance of art in education.<br />

3.2.3 prepare candidates to develop, write, and adapt interdisciplinary curricula where art is the essential<br />

component.<br />

3.3.1 theories of human and cognitive development.<br />

3.3.2 educational pedagogy.<br />

19<br />

19


3.5.1 the needs of students with disabilities and handicaps.<br />

3.5.2 teaching strategies appropriate to students with a variety of special needs.<br />

3.5.3 access to school and community resources to support these students.<br />

3.5.4 rationale for practice of inclusion and approaches for supporting inclusion in the schools.<br />

3.7.1 helps candidates to develop, write, and adapt art curricula that reflect national, state, and local<br />

standards using a variety of instructional formats.<br />

3.7.2 provides candidates with knowledge of current teaching methods, materials, and resources<br />

appropriate for various educational settings and levels of education.<br />

3.7.3 helps candidates create classroom environments conducive to discussion, multiple interpretations,<br />

and the open exchange of ideas.<br />

3.7.4 develops knowledge of research and assessment methods appropriate to the study and evaluation<br />

of student work, their own teaching, and their art program as a whole.<br />

3.7.5 prepares candidates to reflect on and refine their practice of art education.<br />

3.7.6 familiarizes candidates with current research in the field of art education.<br />

3.8.1 are provided with methods and opportunities to reflect on their academic and clinical experiences<br />

throughout their preparation.<br />

3.8.2 understand that the process of reflection and collegial dialogue contributes to professional growth.<br />

3.8.3 are introduced to state and local requirements and resources for on-going professional<br />

development throughout their teaching career.<br />

4.1 skills necessary to design an art classroom/environment in which safe and effective art instruction<br />

can take place with consideration for space utilization, storage of materials, equipment, and student<br />

work.<br />

4.3 knowledge of emergency procedures when a student is hurt in the art room.<br />

5.1 use of surveys and publicity for art education programs in the media.<br />

5.2 knowledge and training in communications and outreach to include colleagues in other disciplines,<br />

school administrators, the board of education, parents, community members, and state and national<br />

legislators as concerning the role of the visual arts in education and in society.<br />

6.1 access to resources on educational law to include– tenure law, LRE, ESL, ADA, special education,<br />

safe use of materials, and school finance.<br />

20<br />

20

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!